Professional Documents
Culture Documents
PROSPER Complete PDF
PROSPER Complete PDF
User Manual
IPM
PROSPER
Version 11.5
January 2010
PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited
PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.
PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling VIZ, PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir inflow).
PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency
APPLICATIONS
Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal wells
Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
Generate lift curves for use in simulators
Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
Allocate production between wells
3
Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or otherwise, or
disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House, 10 Logie
Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.
IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.
Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation
The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on any
medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.
Address:
email: edinburgh@petex.com
Internet: www.petex.com
Table of Contents
0
Selecting an
.........................................................................................................................................................
Exported Data to Print 70
Word Processing..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER 70
Clipboard Com ..........................................................................................................................................................
m and 71
Com m and Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 71
3 Data Input
...................................................................................................................................
- General 73
PROSPER Main..........................................................................................................................................................
Menu 73
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
PVT ......................................................................................................................................................... 74
System ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Matching ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Calculation......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Output ......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Wizard ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Help ......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Options - Options..........................................................................................................................................................
Selection 76
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Fluid Type ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 78
Equation of State.........................................................................................................................................
Setup 78
Separator ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Emulsions ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Hydrates ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Viscosity ......................................................................................................................................... 79
Water Vapour ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Viscosity model ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Flow Type ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Well Type ......................................................................................................................................... 80
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 81
Method ......................................................................................................................................... 81
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 82
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Type 83
Predict ......................................................................................................................................... 83
Model ......................................................................................................................................... 84
Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 85
Output ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Sand Control ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Reservoir ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Type ......................................................................................................................................... 86
Gas Coning ......................................................................................................................................... 87
User Information
.........................................................................................................................................................
and Comments 87
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase 87
Options - Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 90
Options - Casing ..........................................................................................................................................................
DataBase 91
Options - Pipe..........................................................................................................................................................
Schedule 91
4 PVT Data
...................................................................................................................................
Input 92
Introduction .......................................................................................................................................................... 92
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 202
Petroleum.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts 202
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 204
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No-Flow Boundaries 204
Multi-layer.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore 205
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 205
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures 205
Multi-Layer .........................................................................................................................................................
- dP Loss in Wellbore 205
Modified Isochronal
.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow Model 205
Forchheimer .........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 207
Multirate Forchheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 207
Skin Models .......................................................................................................................................................... 208
Mechanical/Geometrical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin 208
Deviation/Partial
.........................................................................................................................................................
Penetration Skin 213
Sand Options.......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Failure......................................................................................................................................................... 214
Sand Control.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 215
Gravel Packed Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 217
Pre-Packed Screen .........................................................................................................................................
completion 220
Wire-Wrapped Screen .........................................................................................................................................
Completion 224
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 228
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features 232
Gravel Pack .........................................................................................................................................................
Completion Velocities 232
Viscosity Modelling
.......................................................................................................................................................... 233
Com paction ..........................................................................................................................................................
Perm eability Reduction 235
Injection Wells .......................................................................................................................................................... 236
SkinAide .......................................................................................................................................................... 237
SkinAide Theoretical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Background 237
Position of the producing
.........................................................................................................................................
interval w ith respect to reservoir geometry 237
Interference betw .........................................................................................................................................
een perforations and the damaged zone 238
The Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 239
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
w hich penetrates the formation 239
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement 240
Annulus betw een .........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen 240
Hemispherical Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Model 241
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 242
Flow Model ......................................................................................................................................... 242
Skin Model ......................................................................................................................................... 243
Perforation Data......................................................................................................................................... 243
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 244
Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 245
Damaged Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 246
Cased Hole ......................................................................................................................................... 247
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 247
Perforations ......................................................................................................................................... 249
SPOT: Shell Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Optim isation Tool 256
Introduction.........................................................................................................................................................
to SPOT 256
Gun System .........................................................................................................................................................
databases 258
Gun ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Spot Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 265
SPOT: Model .........................................................................................................................................................
inputs 267
SPOT: Model inputs .........................................................................................................................................
- Options 269
SPOT: Model inputs .........................................................................................................................................
- Layers 277
Contents VI
B - Equations.......................................................................................................................................................... 562
Black Oil Model
.........................................................................................................................................................
for Condensate 562
Mass Balance Calculations
......................................................................................................................................... 562
Using the mass .........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model 565
Estimation of CGRmin ......................................................................................................................................... 567
Multiphase .........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure 568
Temperature.........................................................................................................................................................
Models 570
Rough Approximation .........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model 571
Overall Heat Transfer ...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient 572
Enthalpy Balance ......................................................................................................................................... 573
Default Thermal...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database 579
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 580
Multi-Phase.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 581
C - Dietz Shape ..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors 582
D - File Form ats
.......................................................................................................................................................... 584
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 584
External PVT
.........................................................................................................................................................
Tables 584
Lift Curves......................................................................................................................................................... 586
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 587
ESP PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 588
ESP MOTORS ......................................................................................................................................................... 589
ESP CABLES ......................................................................................................................................................... 590
HSP PUMPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 591
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 592
E - Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 593
F - Im porting..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files 600
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 727
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 727
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 727
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 728
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 728
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 728
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 729
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 729
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 729
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 730
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 730
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 734
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 735
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 736
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 737
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 738
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 739
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 740
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 741
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 743
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 743
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 747
Well Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 751
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 755
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 755
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 756
Data Entry For Lift ...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 756
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 759
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 760
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 761
Tutorial 04: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
an horizontal oil w ell 763
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 764
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 764
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 764
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 765
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 765
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 765
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 765
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 766
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 766
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 767
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 767
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 768
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 772
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 772
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 773
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 774
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 775
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 776
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 778
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 778
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 780
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 780
Sensitivity on w .........................................................................................................................................
ell length and w ater cut 784
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 858
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 858
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 858
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 858
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 859
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 859
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 860
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 860
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 860
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 861
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 862
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 862
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 863
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 864
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 865
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 866
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 868
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 868
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 870
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell injection flow rate 874
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for other applications 878
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 878
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 879
Data Entry For Lift ...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 879
Lift Curve generation ................................................................................................................................... 882
Lift Curve Inspection ................................................................................................................................... 883
Lift Curve Export ................................................................................................................................... 884
Tutorial 10: Modelling
..........................................................................................................................................................
a gas injection w ell 886
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 887
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 887
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 887
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 887
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 888
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 888
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 888
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 889
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 889
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 890
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 890
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 891
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 891
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 892
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 892
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 893
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 894
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 895
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 896
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 897
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 897
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell injection flow rate 901
Lift Curve generation .........................................................................................................................................
for gas injectors 904
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 904
Steps ................................................................................................................................... 905
Data Entry For Lift ...................................................................................................................................
Curve Generation 905
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 973
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 974
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 975
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 975
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 975
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 975
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 975
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 976
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 976
Step by Step......................................................................................................................................................... 977
System Options ......................................................................................................................................... 977
PVT data Input ......................................................................................................................................... 979
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 981
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 981
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 982
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 983
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 984
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 985
Average Heat Capacities ................................................................................................................................... 986
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 987
Saving the PROSPER ...................................................................................................................................
file 989
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 989
Estimation of the.........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 993
Tutorial 18: Fully
..........................................................................................................................................................
com postional CO2 injection w ell 997
Statement.........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 997
PVT Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 998
System Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 998
Deviation survey......................................................................................................................................... 999
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 999
Dow n hole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 999
Static Geothermal .........................................................................................................................................
Gradient 999
Reservoir .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1000
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1001
System Options......................................................................................................................................... 1001
PVT data Input......................................................................................................................................... 1003
Saving the file ......................................................................................................................................... 1005
System Equipment .........................................................................................................................................
Description 1005
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1005
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1007
Dow n Hole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1007
Geothermal gradient ................................................................................................................................... 1008
Equipment Summary ................................................................................................................................... 1010
Inflow Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Relation (IPR) 1011
Estimation of the .........................................................................................................................................
w ell flow rate 1015
Tutorial 19: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Matching a dry gas w ell test 1019
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1019
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
data 1020
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step 1020
Open the PROSPER .........................................................................................................................................
file 1020
Resetting any previous.........................................................................................................................................
VLP matching 1021
Matching - VLP.........................................................................................................................................
/IPR Quality Check 1022
Well Test Data...................................................................................................................................
Entry 1023
Estimate the U-value ................................................................................................................................... 1024
Correlation Comparison................................................................................................................................... 1025
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivies 1249
Tutorial 32: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a gas lifted w ell 1253
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1253
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1254
PROSPER w ell.........................................................................................................................................
model 1254
Well test results .........................................................................................................................................
for Quicklook 1254
Gas Lift Valves.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1255
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step Procedure 1255
Tutorial 33: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an ESP-lifted w ell 1267
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1267
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1268
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1268
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1268
Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data 1268
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model 1270
Phase 4: Use model .........................................................................................................................................
to run w hat-if scenarios 1274
Tutorial 34: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting an HSP-lifted w ell 1278
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1278
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
Strategy......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
Phase 1: Build .........................................................................................................................................
a PROSPER model 1279
Phase 2: Collect .........................................................................................................................................
and analyse w ell test data 1279
Phase 3: Analyse .........................................................................................................................................
and match test to w ell model 1280
Tutorial 35: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted w ell 1287
Tutorial 36: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Flow assurance calculations 1288
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1289
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1289
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1296
Tutorial 37: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Only Modelling & m atching 1317
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1318
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1318
Fluid PVT data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Pipeline Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1318
Flow test results ......................................................................................................................................... 1319
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
step procedure 1320
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1320
Pipe Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Matching 1329
Sensitivity runs......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Tutorial 38: ..........................................................................................................................................................
Full enthalpy balance tutorial 1342
Statement .........................................................................................................................................................
Of The Problem 1342
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1343
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Equipment Data......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Deviation Survey ................................................................................................................................... 1343
Surface Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1343
Dow nhole Equipment ................................................................................................................................... 1344
Temperature Data ................................................................................................................................... 1344
Drilling and Completion
...................................................................................................................................
Data 1344
Lithology ................................................................................................................................... 1345
Databases for...................................................................................................................................
thermal properties 1345
Reservoir Data......................................................................................................................................... 1345
Step by .........................................................................................................................................................
Step procedure 1346
PROSPER Model .........................................................................................................................................
Setup 1346
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1360
1
Technical Overview 2
1 Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:
What's New
Examples Guide
Beside the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State models used in the oil
industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are implemented in PROSPER
allowing fully compositional modelling.
Users can embed their own proprietary EOS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library. The format of the DLL can be provided at request.
Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.
When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other
application like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum Experts.
There is a flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating conditions falls
PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator is
available.
Further options in PROSPER are:
Non-Newtonian fluids,
DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
Emulsion models
Back to Overview
A DLL template exists that allow User to import proprietary IPR and skin models
into PROSPER.
Back to Overview
Internal research have led to the development of a series of very successful multiphase
correlations that have become benchmark in the industry today. In particular when
compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation has given
excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well, horizontal well, deviated well,
large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde condensate wells, ..
When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending upon
the well or pipe inclination.
PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow only,
simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow or
sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.
Back to Overview
Back to Overview
Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.
For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the Enthalpy balance model or the
improved approximation.
The enthalpy balance is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for convection, radiation
and conduction. Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model with the following difference when compared with the enthalpy
balance:
In the improved approximation, the heat term is calculated with a variable User-entered
overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy
balance model is calculated internally.
Back to Overview
Version 11.5
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2010 official release.
Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters,m PVT
calculations)
Version 11.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2009 official release.
Both the Darcy and Non-Darcy effects are modelled for the
screen/liner and any material between the formation and screen/
liner
Sand Production (Failure)
Sand Production can be caused by increasing stress near the
well bore resulting from reservoir depletion. The economic
Tubing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM
Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa
3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.
Pipe Schedule
Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with
EoS
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions
PVT Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same
Section phase behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.
New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD Returns The Measured Depth Of The
ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD Returns The True Vertical Depth Of
The ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])
HSP.SETTURB Set the Design HSP Turbine for a
given Turbine,Blade setting PROSPER.HSP.SETTURB
(Turbine,Blade))
Version 10.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2007 official release.
Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties. (Casing Velocity (Vc) & Screen Velocity (Vs) calculated in
Gravel Pack Section)
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multi-
rate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots
It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGA 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are now available directly from Petroleum Experts. Please
contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the Users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
User preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The User can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)
Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.
PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
Straight flash to stock tank conditions
Flash through a train of up to 10 separators
Using individual separator stage or full plant K-values
Enhanced plots of generated fluid properties
Inflow Enhancements
Modified Isochronal IPR model
This IPR model utilises the modified isochronal well test, which consists of repeated shut-in
periods of equal duration as the flowing periods. The IPR model is based on the back-pressure
equation.
Modelling perforation diameter and length varying rock hardness
The API RP43 can be used to calculate the perforations characteristics
Inflow calculation Improvements
Display calculated inflow model PI on the IPR plots
Use of the Perforation Efficiency in all the skin models
Determines the number of open perforations. It is applied to shot density in a similar
manner to gravel pack calculations
On-screen Help with gravel pack data for given gravel sizes
Enabled appropriate Inflow models for given well configuration
Coning Calculation - the length interval has been decreased
Inflow Calculation - the GOR can be entered and sensitised upon
Outflow Enhancements
Gas Condensate Plots
Oil as well as Gas can be plotted on the X-axis
Lift Curves Improvements
Export Options saved to file
More data in comments
User configurable data added to file
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
VLP Matching procedure has been improved
Simultaneous injection of Oil and Water
Wizards
This feature guides the User in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a pre-
defined sequence.
A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the User can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.
OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
PVT Match and Match All
4 Variable System Calculation command
Estimate U Value in VLP /IPR Matching Command
Export of lift curves from VLP and System calculations
HSP design - System Calculation command
Perform Coiled Tubing and Jet Pump Design
Menu commands to open the input, calculation and plot screens
Evaluation Dialog
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Open Server Help
Command List
Variable List
Function List
Miscellaneous Enhancements
Deviation Survey Filter
This feature allow to enter up to 1000 points from deviation survey tables and determines a
minimum number of deviation points that best fits them
Calculate Torque for ESP wells
The Shaft Torque is calculates during the phase of ESP design
Version 8.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2001 official release.
PVT Enhancements
Equation Of State
Goal for these improvements is complete compatibility to ensure that results obtained in
PVTP can be reproduced exactly.
Omega A, Omega B can be entered
Choice of Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Parameter Estimation (Fill In Table)
New Composition Export to PVTP
Improved Composition Import from PVTP (including Reservoir Temperature)
True Critical Point calculation included as part of Phase Envelope Calculation.
This helps speed improvements due to quicker phase detection.
Improve calculation speed without compromising results
Optimise - None - 2 - 3 times faster } Raw PVT
Optimise - Low - 10 - 20 times faster } Calculation
Optimise - Medium - 30 - 80 times faster } Speed Improvement
PROSPER Example System Sensitivity on 3 tubing sizes
Original - 3+ hours
None - 95 minutes
Low - 12 minutes
Medium - 2 minutes 40 seconds
Allow more calculation flexibility for Equation of State models
Target GOR
User enters initial composition
Target GORs are entered as sensitivity variables
Program iterates from original composition to a composition with specified GOR
New composition saved as a result for display and/or reporting
Black Oil
PVT Lookup Tables
Increased size
(Number of Temperature Tables (10 -> 50 )
Number of Pressure Entries ( 15 -> 100 )
Generate Option
PVT properties for all phases are available in table
User responsibility to ensure material balance is preserved
Standard Conditions Warning
User is notified when there is no entry in the table at standard conditions.
Common cause of problems due to interpolation errors.
Convergence Pressure Method removed.
EoS model improvements (and faster computers) make this redundant
Step Size
This feature allows the user to specify the default step size used in Flow Modelling calculations
Import DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be used for legacy applications with proprietary format.
Import from a report output of another application
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
Integrates seamlessly with File Open option.
User file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.
Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil EMPOWER
VIP Format Update
Previously if one specified GOR then rates were Oil and if one specified GLR rates where
Liquid
Now, it is possible to mix and match Gas Fraction Types and Rate Types
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one
example to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid
Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
Extended and Improved Data Validation
MultiLateral - set end points for curve calculations
OpenServer - NEWFILE & SHUTDOWN commands
Version 7.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2000 official release.
Version 7.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1999 official release.
32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.
Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported. Based on a model from the BP MUltiphase
Design Manual
Hydrates Flagging
User entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
User can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).
Version 6.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1998 official release.
INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by BP Amoco Ltd.
Deviated Well Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford (BP)
Dual Porosity Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater than
the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty, but
not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
Source: See References
User IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Source: See References
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model
has been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.
EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment
FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
Correlation Threshold Angles
Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties
ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic
Pump and Turbine Database management
MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been
gathered together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
User Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility
of screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)
Version 5.1
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1997 official release.
WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
points.
VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.
Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.
Version 5.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1996 official release.
Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the users's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report
templates provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these
reports. The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to
a variety of places (printer, file or screen).
Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.
Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI
Plot Annotations
Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.
ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.
Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF
Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
rates.
Database report improved.
File handling
Significant reduction in all file sizes due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..
Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry
Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,
Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sizes instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sizes when
changing printers
Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP
Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Miscellaneous
Plot results in multirate IPR's.
Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added
Last file loading option
Previous files loading option.
Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.
General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.
EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.
System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.
Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.
Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.
Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.
Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.
Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.
Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.
Calculation / Choke
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated well bore models
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Compositional modelling tutorials
Well test matching tutorials
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
35 PROSPER
Special topics
2
39 PROSPER
2 User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:
Introduction
File management
Data input - General
PVT data input
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output
Units
Wizard and
Help
2.1 Introduction
By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing
the User to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER ensures
that the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has been tuned
to real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in different
scenarios and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on surface
production data.
2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations. The black oil correlations can be modified to better fit measured
lab data. PROSPER allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables to be imported
for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation of State method.
This option also allows the User to enter the equation of state model parameters
and uses the standard Peng-Robinson EOS model to generate properties given
a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option the Users can also import all
PVT data in the form of tables, which could have been generated using their own
proprietary EOS models.
3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single layer,
multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated completions,
optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation details and
gravel packing.
5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.
6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump
and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.
7. Its choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or the
choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.
9. The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and Non-Newtonian) .
10. The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is
available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.
In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.
11. PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in
length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available
12. Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil
tables can be generated by Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally compositional model can also be directly imported as *.
PRP file.
13. A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each
variable type.
14. It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the User chooses this
in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the hydration
formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The hydrate and wax
models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is compositional.
Note that one can also use Petroleum Experts PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance conditions. A compositional
PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate hydrate formation tables.
Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESPs or HSPs.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of Condensed Water Vapour for gas wells
Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land
Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam
Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole
Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure
Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)
Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on
the accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline or
wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration
The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using the
proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and temperature
step.
Industry standard 2-phase correlations are then applied to determine the increase in
apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to oil and
water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density corrected for
slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid velocity etc. The
need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head loss become
obvious.
Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter
and roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications, (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss coefficient.
The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant fluid
expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.
Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the User to match real data by adjusting the roughness coefficient
of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular rate, but
cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due to the
different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.
In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.
In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP models
can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual performance.
Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency on other
components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential deterioration in
well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that ultimately help reduce
the number of unknowns.
The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature and
pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided. The Rough
Approximation model utilises a User-input overall heat transfer coefficient. It
determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil, water
and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs quickly,
but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.
The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule Thompson
effect, convection and radiation are modelled. These calculations require considerably
more input data than for pressure only calculations and must commence from a known
temperature and pressure (the sand face for producers, or wellhead for injectors).
Computation times are longer than for the Rough Approximation option, but this
method is predictive and gives accurate results over a wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.
Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:
The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The User-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between the
seabed and wellhead.
The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the User along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is accounted
for.
PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.
PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system. Only data relevant to a particular problem
need to be entered.
The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.
2.1.3 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.
The example guide provide the User with tutorials covering various dexterity and
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model.
All the example files related are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where Petroleum
Experts software in installed. The location of this directory depends on where the
program has been installed.
Examples Guide
The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory,
as well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.
PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.
To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.
PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way data
should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the PROSPER
menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the options on the
menu bar as one is navigating through the program.
The file hierarchy does not prevent the User from creating and combining any number of
input and output data files. Until the User becomes familiar with the program, we
recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as the program will
automatically open and save the required data files to run a complete analysis cycle.
More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine the
data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where wells have
similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the data contained
in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can be used to re-
create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need to always save
large .OUT files on disk.
For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input data
(*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can be
followed to achieve that:
Open Well 2.SIN
Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
Modify the data files if necessary.
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.
The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the Save
command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:
This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and allows
to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).
2.2.2 Preferences
The Preferences screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click Preferences from the File menu to customise PROSPER. Click on
the appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option
require. The various tabs are described below:
2.2.2.1 Main Screen
This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all data
entry (dialog) screens.
This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
screens. This may be useful to make all dialogs smaller in case of a
Dialog Font
low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a high-
resolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialog screen font
Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour Change the colour used to display text on the status screen
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen
Box Colour Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status
screen
Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen
panels
Box Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen
Highlight panels
Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is
FileName possible to visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or a
Option certain number of characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes will
have effect as soon as a file is loaded
Length of Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified
FileName Length is selected
Analysis
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in the
Summary PROSPER main screen
Columns
For all of the above Colour options the Choose button to the right will bring up a dialog
screen to select an appropriate colour.
2.2.2.2 File
Default Data The directory where data files are normally stored. Use the Browse
Directory buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.
Default Data This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file
Directory dialog. The choices are either to always use the default data directory
Choice (see above) or to use the directory of the last file opened or saved.
Reload Last
Specifies whether the last file that the User was working with should be
File On Start
automatically reloaded on program start up.
Up
Number of
Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed
File Names
on the file menu.
Saved
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import Files
Import File
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
Directory
the file Import function is selected
Choice
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
Report
reporting subsystem.
Output Files
Location of
User- Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report
Created templates from the reporting subsystem
Report Files
Confirm Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.
File Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
Compressio SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
n compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File This option switches on/off a confirmation message whenever saving
Overwrite and overwriting an existing file
2.2.2.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.
Always Use Each time a plot is done default values will be used rather than the last
Plot Defaults selected values for each particular plot type
X Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Y Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Plot Labels Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the
plot will expand to fill the whole window.
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
Scaling the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that
Method ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole numbers
ensured for the end points and the gridline intervals.
Grid Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Type
Mouse
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Readout
Date Stamp
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Title
Line
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Thickness
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Font
Default
Sets the default colour scheme for the plot
Colours
This tab allows to add up to four of the Users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system the User may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application, high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.
Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.
Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
to initialise the appropriate application information.
2.2.2.5 Limits
This tab allows you to specify Limiting Values for the following options.
This tab allows to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.
If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for any
file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in the file.
Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.
The free format number set the precision for all inputs and output data to free.
2.2.2.7 Equipment
This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will be
used in the Equipment Data.
2.2.2.8 VPC
For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software keys
must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry date
changed.
Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to copy
the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts. Press Continue to activate the
codes or Cancel to quit the code update.
When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.
One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button. The
following screen will appear.
2.2.4 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.
Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all the
PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained within
the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.
Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS commands
(DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if using DoSet)
and click Evaluate to perform the function.
In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.
The buttons Commands, Variables and Functions will access the lists of the strings of
the commands, input/output variables and functions
In the string lists screen it is possible to search for strings by using the Search
function
Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done by
clicking File User Correlations.
Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State Model, Choke Correlation, Inflow
Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model, Viscosity Model.
PROSPER will display a list of the currently installed DLLs of the selected type. To add a
correlation, click Add and select the appropriate file from the file dialogue. Click OK
and it will be imported into PROSPER.
MODEL EXTENSION
Flow Correlation .COR
Equation of State PVTP Model .EOS
Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will be
displayed.
The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.
To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the sections
to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the User through a series of input
screens to set up the required report sections. From the main dialogue box, select a
destination for r data.
The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:
Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export data.
Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment of the
columns.
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
All equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.
Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.
Export Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on the
active window.
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press the
Help
'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button under any
help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each window.
Import Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any text
file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be input.
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
Insert entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click on I
nsert. The program will move existing line entries down to accommodate
the inserted line(s).
Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
Main
be saved and retained in memory by the program.
Match Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click on
Move Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
Plot the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.
Recall Allows to recall an existing PVTP file. The User will be prompted for the
directory and name of the file.
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
Report window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report is
generated from a system report template.
Reset Resets the Match parameters in order to reinstate the original textbook
correlations.
Save Saves a current PVTP file. If this is a new data file, the User will be
prompted for a file name.
Summar Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or system
units.
y
The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.
Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Clipboard Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.
Colours Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish Returns to the previous menu or screen.
Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It
Labels Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot Re-displays the original screen.
Scales Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y
plot axes.
This section describes the PROSPER main menu and the input data required before an
analysis can be performed. Data should be entered by working through the PROSPER
menus following the logic order from left to right and top to bottom. The following menus
are described in this section:
Main menu
Options menu
To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the program
icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:
The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.
2.3.1.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.
It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups options
and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs via
PROSPER is also provided.
2.3.1.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.
Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the current
file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These options also
determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are displayed.
2.3.1.3 PVT
Use the PVT menu to define well fluid properties and select fluid property correlations.
PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a non-
linear regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables.
2.3.1.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's downhole and surface equipment as well
as the reservoir inflow performance.
When applicable, Gas Lift, ESP, HSP, PCP and other artificial lift methods equipment
data are entered in this menu.
2.3.1.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.
2.3.1.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides with the relevant calculation options. Calculations to
determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the wellbore, perform
sensitivity analyses, make gradient comparisons and generate lift curve tables are
available in this menu.
2.3.1.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps (NEW!!!)
equipment characteristics is via the Design menu also.
2.3.1.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can be
input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file formats
(RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data can be
viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in a file.
Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile. Selected
plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other Windows-
based programs.
2.3.1.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the User to build and run models step-by-step guided fashion.
2.3.1.10Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing to customise the internal units system.
2.3.1.11Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The User can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.
To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.
The entry screen is divided in two main sections - System options and User
information.
Under the System options section, define the well characteristics such as fluid type, well
completion, lift method, etc. These selections determine information that will be
required to enter later. The lower section of the screen comprises the header
information and comments that identify the well and will appear on the report and screen
plot titles.
Option Selection
To select an option, click on the arrow to the right of the required field. The list of
available choices will be displayed.
2.3.2.1.2 Method
Black Oil
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. Five correlations are
available for oil producers. For gas condensate systems an internally
developed model is used. These correlations can be adjusted to match
measured data using non-linear regression.
Equation of State
Reservoir fluid is modelled by pseudo components having user-specified
properties. The two equation of state models Peng-Robinson and Soave-
Redlich-Kwong are available in PROSPER to predict PVT properties.
User EoS DLLs can also be linked into PROSPER.
This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
Volume Shift enable/disable
Reference Pressure and Temperature
Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use
Separator Train, Use K values
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)
2.3.2.1.4 Separator
Single Stage
This option is available for black oil option for following fluids:
Oil and water
Dry and Wet Gas
Two Stage
This option is available for Black oil model in case of Oil and Water fluid type only.
Separator and tank properties are entered and recombined by PROSPER.
Multi-Stage
This option is available for:
- Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model
- Equation of State Method
Up to 10 stages of separation can be modelled for compositional applications.
2.3.2.1.5 Emulsions
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction
Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of Emulsion
viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be selected to turn on pump
viscosity corrections.
2.3.2.1.6 Hydrates
Disable Warning or Enable Warning
Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of hydrates formation in calculation
screens. To use this feature, go to the PVT section and enter or import the
hydrates formation table.
CO2 Injection
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be used to
model CO2 Injection.
None
No artificial Lift selected
Gas Lift (continuous)
Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is
selected, then PROSPER automatically
switches to model gas injection down the tubing, and production up the annulus
Options available: No Friction Loss in the Annulus, Friction Loss in the Annulus,
Safety Equipment
Electrical Submersible Pump
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled
Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Multiphase Pump
Framo multiphase pump can be analysed
Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with
2.3.2.3.2 Type
If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss In Annulus
It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The pressure drop
due to friction in the annulus is ignored and the gas gradient is determined by
the top casing pressure and the temperature profile.
Friction Loss In Annulus
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into account, but the
top casing pressure is assumed constant. If this option is selected the tubing
equipment screens will automatically change and require tubing OD and
casing ID data to be entered.
Safety Equipment
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string and safety valves in
the annulus are taken into account. Top casing pressures will change with
injection rate.
If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types
are available.
Commingled Annular Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the tubing.
Commingled Tubing Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and returns to
surface, commingled with the produced fluid via the annulus.
Closed Loop Supply
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer annulus and returns to
surface via the inner annulus. The reservoir fluid is produced through the
tubing. There is no commingling of produced and power fluids.
If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available.
Sucker Rod Drive
The program will assume to have a surface drive head from which require
rods in order to move the rotor across the pump.
Downhole motor drive
The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of surface drive
motor.
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available.
No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.
If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Tubing Injection-Annular Production
The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production flows through the
annulus
Annular Injection-Tubing Production
The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production flows through the
tubing
If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:
Framo Pumps
This option will calculate both pressure and temperature profiles using the
method specified in Temperature Model.
2.3.2.4.2 Model
Three models for temperature calculations are available:
Rough Approximation
Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using an overall
heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference between the fluids
and the surrounding formation and the average heat capacity of the well
fluids. The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures,
and should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
Enthalpy Balance
This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat transfer
coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-definable database.
The temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing
sensitivities against flowing time to be run. This temperature model
requires considerably more input data and computation time for either
Predicting Pressure Only or the Rough Approximation temperature model.
The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore the heat
loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will be accurate. Due
to increased computation times, we recommend that this option be used
only when temperature prediction rather than pressure loss is the required
result (for e.g. process calculations and material selection).
Improved Approximation
As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy balance
pressure and temperature prediction model, with the difference that the
term of the enthalpy balance concerning the heat exchange with the
surroundings (which includes free and forced convection, conduction and
radiation) is simplified by a heat loss term characterised by an overall
heat exchange coefficient.
For this reason data related to the completion hardware and thermal
properties are not necessary.
Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is also accounted
for.
These characteristics make this model particularly useful when an
accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a few data on
the completion are available.
The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input formation
temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A
temperature gradient in the sea can be entered for offshore applications.
A minimum of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures,
and should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.
2.3.2.4.3 Calculation
Full System
Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
Pipeline Only
Calculations for pipelines only
2.3.2.4.4 Output
Show calculating Data
During a calculation it displays the calculated values
Hide calculating Data
Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation screen displays.
This will automatically be set to Hide when run from GAP
2.3.2.7 Reservoir
2.3.2.7.1 Type
Single Branch
This option allows to model single branch IPRs. The IPR screen comes with
various standard inflow models from which the user selects one.
Multilateral Well
Enables the Multilateral IPR model. For the multi-lateral selection, the IPR screen
requires detailed drawing of the downhole completion.
Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in the
gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.
The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Schlumberger (SLB)
Dynawell (DYNA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a
stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed
rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT Vendor
Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the Evaluation
of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.
The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the user
can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of the
down hole equipment.
2.3.5 Options - Casing DataBase
Under | Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:
The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.
The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.
The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe Size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.
The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From
the surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the
database and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.
2.4.1 Introduction
To predict pressure and temperature changes from the reservoir, along the well bore
and flow line tubular, it is necessary to accurately predict fluid properties as a function of
pressure and temperature. The User must enter data that fully describes the fluid
properties or enables the program to calculate them. There are four possible
approaches:
- Correlations: Where only basic PVT data is available, the program uses traditional
black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky etc. A unique black oil model is
available for condensates and details of this can be found later in this guide as well as
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
93 PROSPER
- Matching: Where both basic fluid data and some PVT laboratory measurements are
available, the program can modify the black oil correlations to best-fit the measured
data using a non-linear regression technique.
- Tables: Where detailed PVT laboratory data is provided, PROSPER uses this data
instead of the calculated properties. This data is entered in table format (PVT tables),
and can be supplied either manually or imported from an outside source. So called
black oil tables can be generated from an EOS model and then be imported and used
in PROSPER.
- Compositional: Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available
and all the PVT can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a Soave Redlich Kwong
description of the fluid phase behaviour.
Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point.
Use of EOS: The equations of state are models that need to be matched to
measured lab data (PVT lab report). Care has to be taken in order to make sure
that the EOS has been matched and is applicable for the range of Pressures
and Temperatures to be investigated.
The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Report, Input and
Export. Select Report to inspect previously entered data, Export to save data to a text
file, or Input to set up a new problem or edit an existing one.
Recommended Steps
screen.
At this point it is possible to Calculate PVT properties using a correlation
and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the non-optimised
correlation fits.
Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be
performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once the
calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation that
best fits the measured data. This correlation should then be selected and this
modified correlation will be used in all further calculations of fluid property
data. The fit parameters are the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation
in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to the match
data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
In order to see how well the tuned correlations fit the data, on the regression
screen there is plot utility, which will plot the variable values from the matched
correlations, and the data entered simultaneously, to allow the User to see
how good the fit is. Select Plot to display both the calculated and measured
PVT data. Select the Variables option on the plot menu bar to choose the
fluid property data to display.
Enter the required data in the fields provided. Movement from one box to another can
be done using the TAB key. Next, select a Pb, Rs and Bo correlation and a viscosity
correlation to use then click OK.
Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production. For
gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution GOR
should still be entered. The balance of free gas production is accounted for
elsewhere.
Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition.
CO2 Injection
When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee
correlation.
For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).
2.4.2.2 Tables
In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to fifty separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data screen. This
option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a range of
temperatures.
Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can read in tables of Black Oil PVT
properties. To do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and PROSPER will
prompt for the name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data. Petroleum Experts
PVT Package PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black Oil PVT tables. An
example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.
Alternatively, data can be passed directly from Excel on a table-only basis using the
Clip button. The Clip button will paste the copied data from Excel into the selected PVT
table.
PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete i.e., one table containing only a single row of values will result in
interpolation errors.
Information on how to import the data from a ASCII File can be found in Appendix F -
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
97 PROSPER
Clip
This option allows to import and export data from/to the Clipboard or export the tables to
Printer, Screen, etc.
Since gas evolution in the tubing is a constant composition process, Flash data, not
differential liberation data should be used for matching. For each match data table,
enter the temperature and bubble point, then enter pressure versus gas oil ratio, oil FVF
and oil viscosity. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field blank. Use
the GOR and FVF at bubble point plus the viscosity if available. Enter only the minimum
number of points to ensure a good match.
Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.
Clip
This option allows to import and export data from/to the Clipboard or export the tables to
Printer, Screen, etc.
2.4.2.4 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the correlations
to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression matching
technique can be used on up to five PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables:
Pb Bubble point pressure.
GOR Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the
PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by
matching on the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point
can be difficult to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that, where
possible, it is used as a match parameter. The minimum data required to perform a
regression match is the bubble point and GOR.
The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the bubble
point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may not
achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at the
bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum number
to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the
bubble point is required.
2.4.2.4.1 Match
From the Regression screen, individual correlations can be matched to selected
measured PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations
Selecting the fluid properties to match to
Clicking Match
2.4.2.4.1.2 Parameters
Having performed the matching process, the match parameters are displayed by
clicking the Parameters button. The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier
- Parameter 1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations. The standard deviation is
also displayed, which represents the overall closeness of fit. The lower the standard
deviation, the better the fit. The best overall model is the one that has Parameter 1
closest to unity.
The Parameters button displays the PVT correlations parameters screen. This shows
the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched correlation. Use
these statistics to select the best correlation for the data set and conditions pertaining to
the application. A plot should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual
check of the fit quality performed before making the final correlation selection. The
match parameters can be reset i.e. returned to the un-matched state by selecting the
reset option. The following is an example of a correlation parameters screen:
The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.
In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that no
discontinuities occur.
2.4.2.5 Correlations
This options displays the match parameters and standard deviations for each matched
correlation. See the Match section for a more detailed explanation.
2.4.2.6 Calculate
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate the
values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the calculated
data points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be generated.
The following is an example of the PVT Calculations screen. If the correlations have
been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the modified
correlations.
The calculation procedure is optional and used only to generate fluid property
data for display and quality control purposes. During the computation of a
pressure traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and
temperature step or node as required by the application.
The PVT section can be used as a convenient calculator by entering User selected data
points, then entering specific temperatures and pressures to calculate fluid properties.
Click Variables.
Select Pressure for the X-axis.
Select GOR for the Y-axis.
Click OK to display a plot showing both the calculated values and the measured
values similar to the following:
Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until satisfactory results
have been obtained.
There is also the possibility of transferring the displayed calculation to the Tables by
pressing on the Tables button.
For multi-well projects, set up matched PVT models for each producing area
first. This will save time and reduce the potential for error by recalling the
relevant PVT data into each well file.
2.4.2.9 Composition
In the PVT Input Data screen, click the Composition button, and PROSPER will use the
PVT properties (Oil Gravity, GOR) to estimate the composition of the reservoir fluid.
The estimated composition is used internally by PROSPER to calculate thermodynamic
properties needed in the choke and enthalpy balance temperature models. The
following is an example of an estimated Black Oil composition:
Click BI Coefficients and PROSPER will display the Binary Interaction coefficients to be
used in an EOS description of the fluid. An example BI Coefficients display is shown
below:
2.4.2.10Emulsions
If Options | Emulsions is selected PROSPER allows selection of the emulsion
occurrence in the system from the PVT input dialogue. This tells PROSPER where the
viscosity corrections will take place during calculation
The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
Water cut can be entered at this point that will then be used to calculate the emulsion
viscosity in the PVT calculation section.
2.4.2.10.1 Emulsions
PROSPER can model the effect of Oil/Water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black Oil
PVT systems. The behaviour of emulsions in producing well equipment is not well
understood. Emulsion PVT in PROSPER provides a means to assess possible effects
of increased emulsion viscosity by curve fitting experimentally determined data. It must
be emphasised that the method is empirical and does not represent any rigorous model
of emulsion behaviour.
In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples discovered in surface separation equipment do not
necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows that
the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests. Emulsion PVT
should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions are present and it
is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.
To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option must first be selected on the
Options screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture viscosity for selected
elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical emulsion viscosity data
can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression. The fitted curve is used to
optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR, VLP and pump calculations.
When selected, emulsion viscosity for the User-entered value of water cut will be
substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.
Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity corrections
Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections
Everywhere
Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if present
Pump only
Emulsion viscosity for pump only
The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.
When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture viscosity:
Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.
When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in the
PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity for the value of Water Cut
entered.
2.4.2.11Non-Newtonian Fluid
PROSPER can model the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.
The implementation of the model is based on drilling fluid models developed by
TotalFinaElf.
A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.
To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological Parameters
from the PVT Input Data screen:
where:
= Shear Stress
0 = Yield Stress
K = Consistency Index
= Shear Rate
n = Shear Thinning Index
For further details about how the viscosity model is used to determine the apparent
viscosity, please refer to the Help on-line of PROSPER.
Other Fluid
If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.
If Other Fluid is selected, then tables of fluid properties need to be entered that
PROSPER will use for interpolation. The program will never extrapolate so please ensure
that the table data covers the expected ranges of pressures and temperatures. Click the
Properties button and the following screen will be displayed.
Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the tables
span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The Generate feature allows to automatically calculate the tables using the
PVT model in the main screen.
If a PVT model is available for the power fluid, the suggestion is the following:
1. Enter in the PVT main screen the fluid black oil properties
3. Enter in the main screen the black oil parameters for the produced fluid
Click the Hydrates button and the following entry screen will be displayed.
Up to one hundred data points may be entered. Please ensure that the table spans
within the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.
The bottom-right part of the screen will only appear when the option Calculate
Condensate Water Vapour is selected in the Options | Water Viscosity section. If
this option is selected, the effects of condensation of water vapour on the pressure drop
calculation in the tubing / pipeline will be taken into account.
This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the gas
stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single-phase gas plus free water if
present. The Separator Pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas Equivalent Rate).
The separator temperature is assumed to be the same as the top node temperature. If
there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a retrograde condensate
model should be used.
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the effect of
liquid dropout in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT.
Please refer to the PVT Matching Data section. Matching operations are
carried out as for oil PVT.
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.
Note:
If tank GOR and tank gas gravity is unknown, they can be left at 0. The unmeasured tank
gas rate should be estimated using a suitable correlation and added to the separator
gas. For such cases, the total produced GOR should be entered under separator GOR.
Condensate gravity is at standard conditions.
If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure.
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator pressure to
atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as required accounting
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR. The mass balance
is respected at all times.
The black oil condensate model must not be matched as previously done for
oils. This is because the black oil model for condensate in PROSPER uses a
mathematical model and matching could throw the model out of bounds.
2.4.4.2 Calculations
Fluid property data can be calculated for a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. If the correlations have been matched, then the matched correlations will be
used for the calculations. Plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can
be generated.
2.4.5 Export
NEW!!!
The Export button enables the user to export input data, correlation parameters, Match
Data, Tables and Calculation results from the PVT main section.
The equations used in PROSPER are derived from Van der Waals Equation and in
common with it represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a
repulsive element:
where b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules and a the intermolecular
attraction.
The two cubic Equations of State which are available in PROSPER are:
1) Peng-Robinson (PR)EoS:
and,
2) Soave-Redlich-Kwong(SRK)EoS:
All cubic Equations of State can be rewritten as a function of the compressibility factor Z
e.g. the Peng Robinson equation becomes:
where
and
The PVT calculation method is identical for all reservoir fluid types i.e., oil and water,
condensate or gas.
The choice of fluid type affects the choice of IPR and VLP models as well as the range
of available sensitivity variables.
Optimisation Mode
Over the past few years, our PVT experts have been working on ways to speed up the
calculation of properties from an EOS model. Speed is one of the main issues with fully
compositional models and the options in this field will define the speed of calculations.
The objective of this option is to speed up the calculations without penalising the
accuracy the results. The Medium mode is the fastest (up to 80 times)
Volume Shift
Option to enable/disable the use of Volume Shift in the EoS.
Path to Surface
This Option specifies the path the fluid follows down to standard condition.
This is essential when calculating volumetric properties like FVF or GOR, which are
path dependent. The amount of gas and liquid resulting from the calculations will be
different depending on the path the fluid will take to standard conditions. These are the
available options:
Flash Straight to Stock Tank
Use Separator Train
Use K values
The Use K Values option is an addition to the compositional modelling that
allows modelling the process based on K-values (equilibrium ratios). This can
allow process calculations from systems more complex than separation to be
represented as Pseudo separators and can be obtained from process
simulators.
To import the K values select Import KValues:
These options should reflect the EOS available for the fluid (from PVTP
for example) and the process (path) the fluid follows to standard
conditions (which will affect the volumes and quality of the resulting
fluid)
The EOS fluid model is activated via the Options Summary screen where the various
EOS options can be selected. The Options can also be changed from the EoS main
screen by selecting Change.
This screen requires input of pseudo component concentrations and properties (critical
temperature, pressure and volume, acentric factor, molecular weight and specific
gravity). Up to 30 pseudo components can be entered. Entry of Critical Volume,
Volume Shift, Boiling Point Temperature and Parachor are optional.
Use of regressed critical volume data will improve the quality of calculated liquid
viscosities. Where critical volume data is unavailable, PROSPER uses a correlation to
estimate the values. The Parachor is used for surface tension calculation. Binary
interaction components are entered on a screen similar to that shown below by clicking
on the BI coeffs button from the EOS input screen.
After entering the interaction coefficients, click OK to return to the input screen. Then
click Generate to display a screen requesting the range of pressures and temperatures
and the number of pressure and temperature steps to calculate.
Properties
Click the Properties button and the program will determine the equivalent black oil
properties by flashing the fluid to atmospheric (i.e. standard) conditions using the
Production rates entered in PROSPER when using EOS PVT assume the
produced fluid is flashed through the user-entered separator train.
The Gray VLP correlations internal PVT will override the EOS PVT.
The EOS input screen allows pseudo component data to be imported directly from data
files such as those generated by Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp or other
programs. Simply click Import and select the appropriate file from the dialogue box.
Once fluid properties have been generated, they can be saved in a .PVT file by clicking
the Save button and entering a file name when prompted.
Calculate Hydrate...Wax
This utility allows to calculate the Hydrate formation curve, along with the wax occurrence
temperature.
The Hydrate formation curve and wax formation temperature plot will be displayed along
with the phase envelope.
2.4.6.3.3 Target GOR
This feature allows to calculate the recombined fluid composition characterised by a
GOR different to the Original Composition GOR:
Enter the new GOR in the Target GOR field and then Calculate, and the program will use
the Target GOR method defined in the main EoS options in order to determine the new
composition.
The Calculated composition is reported in the Calculated column.
This section describes the menu option used to define the well's hardware, deviation
survey and flowing temperature profile. The program requests only the data required by
the Options that have been selected.
The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model used.
For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation, there is little additional
data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is necessary
to completely define the well environment, including all casing strings, cement tops,
formation lithology etc.
Depths in PROSPER for downhole and surface equipment are referenced to zero
on the deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the
Xmas tree (if no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface
equipment has been entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are
combined in a field-wide system model, the depth references that were used in
the individual PROSPER models are not important. In the field model, however,
the depth of each well's Top Node must be known with respect to a common
reference.
For subsea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level)
can be used. If ground level is used, then a tied back well would have a negative
wellhead elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it
is recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence.
If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen to Yes.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth (and the reverse is true) at the
bottom.
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate. If the User wishes to find the MD at a given
TVD, just enter the TVD value in the relevant space and select Calculate
Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar to
the one below will be displayed:
The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the
Deviation Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated to determine
the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD data must be at
least as deep as the bottomhole tubing depth; PROSPER will not calculate
beyond the last depth in the table.
Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the
surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node. The
deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to this
reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the wellhead.
For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected in
such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance), we
can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table down
to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth in the
deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the downhole
equipment only.
Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical can
be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is less than
the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed as normal.
For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of the
well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.
2.5.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 18 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 18) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).
In the Raw Data table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.
It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row (click on the number
1) and Paste from the Clipboard
entered on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is not
ok, change some parameters (like for example the
angle step)
Transfer Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
screen
When selecting Filter, the program will fit up to 18 points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported:
The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered trajectory
(in red) is plotted along with the fitted points (in green):
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
139 PROSPER
Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account for
the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given system:
PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production manifold
and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is regarded by
PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow rate. If systems
analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering system pressure
losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.
The surface equipment model can be described using the following 2 elements:
Pipe
Choke
The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to the
manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the reference
depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe segment.
The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate gravity
head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered determine
the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream node must also
be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow
line. The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts method and is more robust in extreme conditions.
Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a plot
of the pipe elevation as follows:
The Downhole Equipment screen enables the downhole tubing string data to be
entered.
The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has been selected,
the tubing screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered.
The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:
Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing
PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first downhole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering the
bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor.
Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Downhole
equipment details should be entered down to the producing interval being analysed.
The deepest depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be
consistent.
Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured by
a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The uppermost
producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the
production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure gradient may
be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D. completions.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and select the equipment from the drop-down
list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records
that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
2.5.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the well. If no bottom
hole flowing pressure survey data is available, the static reservoir temperature at the
mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can be used. A
minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within the
table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential
errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node depth. It is
recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and intake node depths are all consistent.
In the Surface Equipment section this is achieved by selecting the Equipment button:
2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)
4. The program will show a dialog with at the bottom an option on the way forward.
For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a schematic summary of the current equipment.
To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item. Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or
exclude it temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment
choice box at the bottom of the screen.
The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced
and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of
the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is a convenient
way to determine average heat transfer coefficients. The heat transfer area is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.
The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil wells.
However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not rely on
the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy Balance
method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.
To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise
the following equipment types:
Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter. The choke
calculation handles both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate the
temperature drop across the choke. Descriptive labels for each element can be
entered in the Label field if desired. Labels appear on reports and calculation screens.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end of
the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) co-
ordinate pairs. Refer to Section 6.1.2 above for more details.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several wells
being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The fluid
velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the frictional
pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1. As an
example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells could be
modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources. Up to 200 pipe segments can be entered, enabling the
user to model very long pipelines.
Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled. To define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:
Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations can
be entered for each section of the flowline as required. The calculated composite
thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter. Pipes can be laid on the
surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows the burial depth
geometry.
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
157 PROSPER
The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D. of
the insulated pipe.
Ensure that the flowline pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial depth.
If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.g. the
riser.
The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the Thermal
Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the Litho logy
screen. In previous PROSPER releases, the soil conductivity was fixed at 3.5
W/m/K.
The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV and
restrictions. The following equipment items are available:
The thermal properties database for downhole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are correctly modelled. The following is an example of
a downhole equipment data input screen:
For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under Drilling and Completion, so the downhole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.
To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from the
drop-down list. The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data
records that have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records
can be simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import
data from a wide variety of sources. Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For
complex completions, simplify the data entry by entering only the major elements that
dominate the overall tubing pressure drop.
The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.
in the Temperature Data screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just like
in the Geothermal Gradient section for Rough Approximation), and the temperature
profile in the sea, along with the sea velocity.
If the surface equipment is exposed to air, the data concerning to the air temperature,
humidity and velocity will be accounted for the temperature calculation
The screen below shows an offshore well with a 30" OD riser run to a seabed depth of
400 ft. The well also has a 7" OD liner run to 14000 ft with the liner top set at 11000 ft.
The completion fluid Liquid and Gas properties can have a significant effect on the heat
loss through the annulus. If pressure is maintained on the annulus, the mud weight used
should be modified to reflect the actual annulus pressure at the packer depth. If the well
is being gas lifted, the program assumes that the annulus is full of gas down to the
injection point.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be
entered via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when
selecting the Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and
completions section.
Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that
the table will span the expected range of pressure- temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. Use the Import button to
import data from a wide variety of sources.
2.5.2.2.6 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types including
Sandstone, Shale, Limestone, Dolomite, Halite and others. The thermal properties
database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology data is available
it should be entered in the screen as shown below. If no data is available, use shale
from surface to total depth.
The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production reference
depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the reservoir and
surface environment temperatures.
The editing buttons Cut, Copy, Paste, Insert and Delete operate on data records that
have been selected by clicking on their row number button(s). All records can be
simultaneously selected by clicking the All button. Use the Import button to import data
from a wide variety of sources.
Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the Lithology screen.
2.5.2.2.7 Databases
This optional feature is used to access the thermal properties databases for editing or
addition of user-defined materials. Select Databases and click Edit and the following
selection screen will be displayed:
Check that the units are correct prior to entering the thermal properties.
Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for use
in other projects click the Save button to keep them in the database. The Reset button
is used to return all entries to their default values.
To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all the
relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the S
ummary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go back
and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the appropriate item.
Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the Equipment Data screen.
The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not be
confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced
to the pipe inside diameter.
2.5.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment
The Downhole Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.5.2.3.4 Temperature Data
PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer
coefficient to be entered on this screen:
As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The Enthalpy
Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer
coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.
This section describes how PROSPER defines the reservoir inflow performance. The
following table lists the Inflow Performance options:
Click System Inflow Performance in the main menu and the main data entry screen will
appear.
1. Section Buttons. At the top right of the dialog screen are two buttons, labelled
Select Model and Input Data. These allow switching between screens that control
model selection and detailed data input. The former also contains data pertaining to
all models (such as reservoir pressure and temperature), and the latter manages the
data input specific to the chosen model. The selection buttons have the same
function in the multilateral data entry screens.
2. Action Buttons. To the left of the section buttons is a set of buttons that perform
various actions such as Calculate. Only the left-most group appears in the
multilateral data entry screens.
3. Model Selection Screen. The child screen is the area below the action and section
buttons and contains either the model selection or the data input screens. The same
occurs in the multilateral interface, although the actual model selection and data
input screens are different.
Done This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data
pertaining to the chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of
remaining in the IPR edit screen and reviewing the validation errors that are
listed in a validation error dialog is provided. This also occurs after the
validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and Save Results button
commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in the input then
all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.
Cancel This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the
main edit session
Validate Checks the data on the current child screen for validity. If the data are not
valid, the validation dialog will appear with diagnostic messages
Reset This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was
current when the screen was entered
Help This displays information relevant to the current child screen
Calculate Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g.
Darcy reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct
calculation routine if the data are valid. On successful completion of the
calculation the results are automatically plotted
Plot Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for
example, a Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command
Report Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend
on the current model choices
Export Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard
or the screen
Test Data Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure, a date stamp
and a comment) that will be then displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR
Transfer Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard File
Data Save As dialog that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in
MBAL input format (.MIP).
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.
Save This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a
Results successful validation options to either over-write the current file or to save
the PROSPER file using File Save As options are provided
GAP This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down
the IPR screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront
Note that the Save and Validate sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due to
power failures or crashes.
An example of the model selection screen for the Oil and Water fluid choice can be
seen in the screen dump of the main data screen.
This part of the IPR input screen controls the choice of almost all the tabbed dialogs that
will be seen in the subsequent data input screen.
There are four major selections done in this screen. These are:
Reservoir input
The User also specifies the pressure, temperature, producing GOR and water cut
at this screen.
Relative permeability.
This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the User has the
option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will be used to
change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
The gravel pack selection and the type of completion (cased or open hole) are
chosen from the main Options screen (in the PROSPER main menu) but some
reservoir models have internal gravel pack data entries instead.
In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialog screen in which
parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GOR's can be entered
If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the
reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we have
CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.
The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin) are
enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry and
some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction loss)
contain their own skin and gravel pack models.
The data input screen contains a set of data entry tabbed dialogs that become available
depending on the selected IPR model.
Only one dialog is displayed at any one time, corresponding to the tab
selected as shown in the figure below
Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogs.
If the tab is green, then the data are valid for the current system set-up.
If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current reservoir
model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.
The various screens, accessible by the bottom tabs comprise the dialog
screens, where the input parameters for the selection are entered. Laid in the
area below the Section and Action buttons. in case of the model selection
screen it is mainly occupied with ways of choosing models, namely three list
boxes, a drop-down list box and a push button.
For example figure above a Darcy reservoir model dialog encapsulated in the data
input screen contained in the main entry screen.
The Reservoir Model tab is marked invalid (due to the unlikely reservoir
thickness of 1 feet).
The Dev/PP Skin tab and relative permeability tabs are marked disabled. In this
case it is because the Enter Skin By Hand option is selected which is assumed
to contain the deviation and partial penetration information. In the latter case
relative permeability is simply not selected (see figure above, showing the model
selection screen).
On each of the IPR Input screens there is a validate button. Pressing this
button invokes a checking routine which flags for the any invalid entries.
Some models require data entered for multiple layers (e.g. multi-layer and
multi-layer with dP friction loss) and/or multiple completion zones (e.g.
horizontal well with dP friction loss and Wong-Clifford deviation/partial
penetration skin model).
In dialogs with grid entry it is also possible to select, copy, cut and paste
blocks of the table, using mouse drag operations and the buttons provided on
the screen. As the data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to the range
validation.
There are twenty inflow options, including the multi-lateral method described
in Section 7.8, are available.
From the Multi-rate models the average reservoir pressure can be back
calculated.
If test data is available it can be entered and plotted against the calculated
inflow.
Well skin can be either directly entered or calculated using the Locke,
Macleod or Karakas and Tariq methods for a mechanical/geometrical skin,
and the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford methods for a deviation/partial
penetration skin.
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities
(from PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The
calculated IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR
pressures for any rate and water cut. Relative permeability can be applied to
all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
These models can be combined with gravel pack and relative permeability
models if the option is enabled (the former in the Options screen from the
PROSPER main menu and the latter from the IPR main data entry screen).
Once a specific model is chosen and data entered for it, after which an IPR can be
calculated using the Calculate button. The following sections list various inflow models
that are available for oil wells.
Q = J ( Pr - Pb )
2.6.2.2 Vogel
The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole pressure
and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point. From this IPR
the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the straight-line part of
the inflow above the bubble point.
When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the correct
well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the Vogel well
productivity.
2
Q Pwf Pwf
= 1 - 0.2 - 0.8
Qmax Pr Pr
2.6.2.3 Composite
This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts for
water cut.
Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow. The composite model captures this by using
the following formulation.
A test flow rate, flowing bottomhole pressure and water cut are required to be entered.
2.6.2.4 Darcy
The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. Required input is:
Reservoir permeability (total permeability at the prevailing water cut and GOR)
Reservoir thickness (thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. vertical thickness of
net pay interval)
Drainage area
Well bore radius
Dietz shape factor (to account for the shape of the drainage area)
2.6.2.5 Fetkovich
The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be expressed as:
2 2
Q = J ( Pr - Pb ) + J ' ( Pr - Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.
This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Fetkovich model for up to 10 test
points. The model is expressed as:
Q = C (( Pr2 - Pwf2 ) / 1000) n
The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir pressure
lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will dismiss the
reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it. For injection wells, input a
reservoir pressure higher than the test pressures entered. The program will then
calculate the reservoir pressure.
2.6.2.7 Jones
The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated interval is
required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available methods.
This method uses a non-linear regression to fit for up to 10 test points for the Jones
model.
i.e.
( Pr - Pwf ) = aQ 2 + bQ
2.6.2.9 Transient
This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This method
can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones equations
assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In tight
reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow performance as a
function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for pseudo-steady state
flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow model is then used. Enter
the same data as the Darcy example plus:
Time is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time of
the analysis. If the flowing time exceeds , the deliverability is evaluated using , which is
equivalent to using the pseudo-steady state Darcy model.
The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:
Q => stb/d
P => psig
Mju => cp
FVF => rb/stb
k => mD
t => hours
ct => 1/psi
h, rw => ft
2.6.2.10Hydraulically Fractured Well
The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on hydraulic
fracture designs. The model is transient and is particularly useful in determining the
transient deliverability of a well after stimulation.
Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to
model Frac-Packed wells
model are as per this manual and not necessarily on basis of the reference
paper.
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness (Thickness of producing reservoir rock h
)
Well bore radius
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the
horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well (Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area (Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx
)
Width of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly)
Distance from length edge to centre of well (
Xw)
Distance from width edge to centre of well (
Yw)
Distance from bottom of reservoir to centre of well (
Zw)
Anisotropy
30 h = 50'
0.01 zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
25 0.1 vis = 1 cp
1.0
P.I. (BOPD/psi)
20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols
15
4000'
10
4000'
5
0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
L1/2/Lx
2.6.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow
Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties.
The oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered for each layer. The produced fluid
properties in the well bore are determined from the summation of the individual layer
contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers having different
pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers
can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by significant depth or
friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - dP Loss network IPR model
should be used.
If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it was
performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters generated will
be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in determining the combined
inflow performance.
To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click Input Data to enter
the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the Reservoir Model tab button. For each
layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry methods then
enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and skins. For each layer,
click the Layer Data button and enter the information required by the inflow model.
off. To return it to production, re-select the original IPR type, and the layer
parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is re-calculated.
The Multi-Layer IPR solves the combined contribution from each producing
layer at the intake node. This effectively places each layer at the same depth.
The reservoir pressure entered for each layer should therefore be referenced
to the intake node depth.
2.6.2.14External Entry
This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on any
arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.
External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix D of the PROSPER User Guide.
Import/Export
It is possible to import or export the IPR tables for the External Entry IPR
2.6.2.15Horizontal well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore
To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is
necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER divides
the horizontal section into 20 sections and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted for. The
Horizontal well - dP Friction input screen is shown below:
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by the
network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity on a zone-by-zone basis. A
description of the input parameters follows:
Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model
(Model used for overall well productivity)
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability at prevailing water cut)
Reservoir thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock h)
Well bore radius
(Radius of open hole rw)
Horizontal anisotropy
(Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the horizontal well and Ky
is the permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well)
Vertical anisotropy
(Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability)
Length of well
(Horizontal section L)
Length of drainage area
(Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx)
Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:
These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the well bore.
Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation parameters. If
the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are required. If
Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details as in Section 7.4.1 and
PROSPER will estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is
entered under Zone Data.
To allow comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the
zone roughness to zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation entirely
rather than calculating friction for a smooth pipe
Enter a production rate and porosity then select the required coning calculation method.
Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time to breakthrough for the rate entered.
The pressure along the well bore for the specified rate is calculated and displayed by
clicking Plot.
The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the
well as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the
well. The heel should be the last node entered in System Equipment and
Deviation Survey tables - it is not necessary to enter details of the horizontal
producing section except in the IPR.
This screen allows for the entry of up to 50 layers. To enter PVT, IPR data (permeability,
test rates etc. depending on the IPR model selected) and layer skin, click the
appropriate button to display the input screen. The depth entered for TOP is the depth
for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is normally the same as the deepest depth
entered in System Equipment, but it can be set to surface or other value.
The IPR at surface can be calculated by entering the surface elevation for TOP depth
and a blank zone from surface to the shallowest producing zone. Use blank zones with
appropriate reduced I.D. to simulate the effect of sliding sleeves and flow controls in a
multi-zone completion. Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation
To list the layer production in detail, click Results and scroll through the layer results one
by one. An example results screen is shown below:
Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.
Gravel pack and well skin etc. can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results table.
The multilayer option is now available for dry gas and gas condensate model
2.6.2.17SkinAide
The Elf inflow and skin calculation method is incorporated in PROSPER. API perforation
characteristics can be used to estimate perforation damage given casing and formation
properties. A detailed description of SkinAide is given in Section 7.7.
2.6.2.18Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller
than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It requires the entry of the following
parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir thickness, drainage area, well-bore radius,
porosity, time, storativity ratio and interporosity coefficient. The latter two parameters
are defined as follows:
The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed by T.
M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model is based on a
relationship between the effective wellbore radius, fracture conductivity, fracture size,
wellbore radius and number of fractures; the correlation also calculates the distance
between fractures.
Once the effective wellbore radius is determined the model calculates the well
productivity the same way the horizontal well with no-flow-boundaries is calculated.
This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their centre
and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the well. The
data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with the fracture
half-length and its dimensionless conductivity.
The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are used to
calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on the
technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)
The effective wellbore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.
For the Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fracture model, in some cases where the
equivalent wellbore radius approaches or exceeds the input reservoir thickness, the well
is effectively located on the edge or outside the defined drainage area leading to
reduction in AOF with increasing vertical anisotropy.
2.6.2.20Thermally Induced Fracture Model
2.6.2.20.1 Overview
This IPR model is enabled when Well Type Injector is set in the main program Options.
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in: SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model. SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the work
of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.
This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting cold
water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated Pwf rises above
the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is assumed to
propagate and the Pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir stress (i.e.
equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fractures effect is incorporated in a
skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic one (varies with
injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with Pwf). The stress at the
wellbore is calculated by adding these effects to the initial reservoir stress. The Pwf is
calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and outer radii) and a
Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water that is still cool, the
second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the original reservoir.
The IPR calculated by this model consists, therefore, of two different zones with a break-
point where the fracturing occurs. See the following figure.
The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length may
be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called cooled
injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile referred to
above.
The Thermally Induced Fracture model reservoir data screen is split into two tabbed
screens, one handling 'Injecitivity Index' parameters, and one handling 'Thermo-
mechanical' parameters. Also, it is required to enter the injected fluid temperature in the
model selection screen.
PVT parameter
Injected Fluid Temperature
Thermo-mechanical Parameters
Initial Reservoir Stress
Sweep Efficiency
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density
Top and Bottom Surroundings Conductivity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion (thermo-elastic correlating coefficient, relates
temperature perturbation to stress perturbation)
Biot's Constant (poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure perturbation
to stress perturbation)
Poisson's Ratio
Reservoir Young's Modulus
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut
If you have selected the Correction for Vogel option on the main IPR screen then the
modelling is extended to include Gas Relative Permeability Curves. The calculated
IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate,
water cut and GOR
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
Enter the following data for both oil and water (and optionally Gas):
To enter lab relative permeabilities, click Test Data. Enter your test data and click OK to
display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and
water until PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data
points.
Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot,
then OK to return to the IPR screen.
When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that
used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be
carried over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation
value can be subsequently changed to see the effect on the calculated IPR. The same
will apply for GOR if you have selected the Correction for Vogel option.
2.6.2.21.1 Test Data
To enter lab relative permeabilities, enter your test data and click Done to display the
plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and water until
PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data points.
PROSPER Manual January, 2010
User Guide 196
2.6.2.21.2 Plot
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.
The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.
Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels
Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.
Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
Colours
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.
Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen
If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but since
the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final results will
be correct.
In the above method we do not take into account the reduction in oil mobility due to any
increase in the gas saturation. When calculating the Sw and So for a particular Fw we
set Sg=0.0.
The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but since
the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final results will
be correct.
In addition to the coning model implemented for the Horizontal Well with dP Friction
Loss model, a gas coning option can be chosen from the Options screen in the main
menu. This applies to all oil IPR models. It modifies the solution GOR by multiplying it
by a weighting factor greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The
output is a total, or produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally developed
for high permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A.,
"Optimization of Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced
Technology Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994).
The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:
Reservoir permeability
Perforation height (vertical distance from perforation top to bottom)
Vertical anisotropy
Vertical distance from perforation top to gas-oil contact
Three correlating parameters: F1, F3 and an exponent
If the gas coning is enabled then a Coning button appears on the model selection dialog
screen. Clicking on this brings up a dialog that allows the correlating parameters to be
tuned. There is an automatic matching facility, which calculates F3 from the other data
and a (rate, GOR) coordinate. Also, the GOR can be calculated from different rates
whilst in this screen in order to verify the parameters.
As for oil, Gas inflow models are divided between design and production applications.
Calculated IPR models can be used to estimate productivity for different completion
options. Other models are available for estimating productivity from measured flowing
pressures.
The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all inflow
performance models, however both the Multi-rate C and n and Multi-rate Jones models
can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure from production test data.
2.6.3.1 Jones
The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both laminar and non-Darcy flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be
expressed in the form:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. Required data entry is:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
The Jones IPR model is discouraged to use with high reservoir pressures as
the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / Z constant at pressures
>2400psig.
2.6.3.2 Forchheimer
The Forchheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of a laminar and
a non-Darcy pressure drop coefficients expressed as:
PR2 - Pw2f = a Q 2 + b Q
The "a" and "b" factors are input parameters for the Forchheimer IPR model.
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:
Reservoir permeability
(Total permeability)
Formation thickness
(Thickness of producing reservoir rock)
Drainage area
Wellbore radius
(Open hole radius)
Dietz shape factor
(Depends on the shape of the drainage area)
Exponent n
(Between 0.5 and 1)
2.6.3.4 C and n
This is the common form of the back pressure equation:
Q = C (PR2 - Pw2f ) n
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus (Pr2-Pwf2) on log-log paper. n is
the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely non-
Darcy flow. This option allows direct entry of C and n.
If the Reservoir Pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of the
bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically calculate the
reservoir pressure. For example, if there are three Well test data points defined for the
IPR model as follows,
then if the reservoir pressure defined is less than 4036 psig, PROSPER w ill recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the
reservoir pressure is greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to recalculate the C
and n parameters so that the IPR w ill pass through the test data points and the reservoir pressure specified.
It is advised to enter more than one test point. Using a single data point can
generate a non-representative IPR profile.
The fit values of a and b are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report. The
multi-rate Jones IPR is a convenient way to determine a and b from well tests. These
values can be entered in the Forcheimer IPR for calculating IPR sensitivities.
The program will automatically calculate the reservoir pressure if it is not available. For
producing wells, input a reservoir pressure lower than the measured pressures. The
program will dismiss the reservoir pressure entered and calculate one. For injection
wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than one of the pressures entered. The program
will calculate the reservoir pressure.
Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the well
will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.
The non-Darcy coefficient can be entered from a well test where available or calculated
using a correlation.
The following diagram illustrates how PROSPER treats total and effective permeability in
the Petroleum Experts IPR model:
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 Krg when total permeability is entered
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1 Slc
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Liquid Saturation
The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/m), Krs can
be determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used to
determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios. The
derivation of the technique and details of the equations used are given in Appendix B.
Please refer to Hydraulically Fractured IPR model in the Oil IPR section. Additional
input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-
Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.10Horizontal Well - No-Flow Boundaries
Please refer to Horizontal Wells in OIL IPR section. Additional input data for gas and
condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and
either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
2.6.3.11Multi-layer Inflow
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered each
with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. Each layer can be
gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors and Producers can be modelled.
The gas gravity, CGR and WGR must be entered for each layer. The produced fluid in
the well bore is equivalent to the summation of the individual layer contributions. Refer
to Multi-layer Inflow for Oil for more details.
Refer to Horizontal Well - dP Friction for Oil. For Gas, PROSPER uses the Petroleum
Experts IPR method for steady-state flow. The Reservoir porosity and connate water
saturation are required to be input in addition to the parameters described in the
Horizontal Well- dP friction loss model in the Oil IPR section.
2.6.3.13Dual Porosity
Please refer to the Dual Porosity model in the IPR for Oil section. Additional input data
for gas and condensate applications are connate water saturation, a non-Darcy flow
factor and either relative permeability to gas or total permeability.
Please refer to Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures in the IPR for Oil
section. Additional input data for gas and condensate applications are connate water
saturation, a non-Darcy flow factor and either relative permeability to gas or total
permeability.
repeated four times. A stabilized point (pseudosteady state) is usually obtained at the
end of the test.
Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR model is
based on standard Back Pressure Model
The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilized) conditions. The time to reach stabilized conditions is
called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage radius
values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir pressures),
large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the readjustment time
exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected to isochronal
conditions and then to stabilized conditions as described below.
When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow tests
conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.
When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive tests
will indicate values of (P2res P2wf) which are too large because of the increasing
drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be applied to (P2
2
res P wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from conventional performance
data can be calculated as follows:
The back pressure equation coefficients C and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of this
line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.
Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilized flow conditions
as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique as before,
regressing on C and keeping n constant, after adjusting the isochronal (P2res - P2wf)
values to stabilized conditions using a variation of the following equation.
NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not the
same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
2.6.3.18Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo Pressure
This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):
The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
Entered by Hand
Calculated Using Models.
It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.
In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of enabling
the Wong and Clifford model for deviation and partial penetration in the input
screen for the skin itself.
Locke
McLeod
Karakas and Tariq
The required input parameters are often difficult to accurately define, therefore the
absolute value of the calculated skin often cannot be precisely predicted. The power of
these techniques is their ability to assess the relative importance of completion options
on the overall value of well skin.
The Elf SkinAide inflow method can also be used to estimate skin pressure drops for
cased- and open-hole completions with and without gravel packs.
PROSPER can also be used to estimate the value of the skin pressure drop across the
completion and the proportion of the total pressure drop attributable to the various
completion elements.
Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications. The
following input data are required:
Reservoir permeability
(Effective permeability at connate water saturation)
Perforation diameter
(Entry hole diameter)
Shots per foot
Perforation length
(Effective perf. length in formation)
Damaged zone thickness
(Thickness of invasion)
Damaged zone permeability
(Permeability in invaded zone)
Crushed zone thickness
(Crushing associated with perforation)
Crushed zone permeability
(Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel)
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius
(Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)
An example of the input data for the Karakas and Tariq method is shown below:
A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown in the figure below.
Enter the requested data and, having entered some reservoir model data, press Cal
culate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows the pressure drop resulting from the total
skin as well a breakdown of the individual factors contributing to the total skin as per the
following example. The individual factors to be plotted can be chosen from the V
ariables menu option of the plot window.
This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by allowing
the User to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from different
perforation options. For gravel packed wells, the value of skin posted on the plot does
not include the gravel pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the
breakdown of dP's resulting from each completion element.
Enhancement to the skin modelling options in PROSPER is the ability to apply the API
RP43 to determine the actual length and diameter of perforations (figure below).
Note on Skin:
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
In PROSPER three models are available to model the Deviation and Partial
Penetration Skin:
Cinco / Martin-Bronz
Wong-Clifford
Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz
The Wong-Clifford model can compute a skin for multiple completions. The Wong-
Clifford model does not have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial
penetration skin - it is a point source solution that calculates a skin that combines all of
the skin effects in one value. This total skin is placed in the Deviation skin column and
the partial penetration skin is set to zero.
The Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model is similar to the Cinco / Martin - Bronz model. The
difference between the two models is that the Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz model also
considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The vertical permeability entered in the
Deviation and Partial Penetration screen is used to calculate the Deviation Skin.
Accessing this section will allow for the calculating the Maximum Drawdown at which the
sand is expected to fail. The input data for the three available options are self
explanatory.
The Sand Failure model implemented is a proprietary model received from BP. As
such the formulations for this model cannot be disclosed.
There is also a 'Solids' model available in the tool REVEAL. This Solids model
implemented in REVEAL looks at the sand failure with changes in all three principal
stress directions. Further information on the Sand model implemented in REVEAL is
described in the REVEAL User Guide. This section describes the Sand Failure model
used in REVEAL along with the requisite references and equations. The REVEAL User
Guide can be accessed from Start | Programs | Petroleum Experts IPM7 | User Guides |
REVEAL.
PROSPER offers different sand control options that can be selected under | Options |
Options | Well completion | Sand Control:
- Gravel Pack,
- Pre-Packed screen,
- Slotted Liner
PROSPER can model openhole gravel pack as well as cased hole gravel pack.
On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different types
of gravels.
The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy and
a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the gravel pack
(dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:
dPGRAVELPACK = a Q 2 + b Q
Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term
Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and
consider the following variables:
Kg = Gravel Pack Permeability
= 1.47E7/Kg^0.55
PerfDi = Perforation Diameter
SPF = Shots per ft
PRFINT = Perforation Interval
AOTF = Area Open To Flow = (PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
o = Oil Viscosity in cp
Bo = oil FVF
o = Oil Density
L = Gravel pack length
Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented (the
plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables menu in the
plot window):
The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily seen
on the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the gravel
pack skin. Click Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of dP's
resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated on factors such
as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the effectiveness of gravel pack
designs. Gravel packed completions are also available in the Multi-layer IPR model.
The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift
curves for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the
sandface, through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more
correctly models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow for
the gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.
Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model Frac-Pack completions.
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the pre-packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
The description of the sand control type is made under | System | Inflow Performance |
Input Data | Sand Control:
The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:
- Liner Inner Radius,
- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).
In order to visualize the rate-dependent skin associated with the slotted liner completion,
one selects | Results and all the calculation results are listed in detail:
The gravel pack velocities have been incorporated in Version 6 of the IPM Suite of
tools.
These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require
these velocities for gravel pack design.
2.6.7 Viscosity Modelling
This screen is activated only when the fluid option Non-Newtonian fluid is selected.
Wellbore radius Radius of the hole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Drainage Area Area of the drainage region
Reservoir Thickness Vertical thickness of producing interval
Reservoir porosity Porosity
Connate Water
Connate water saturation
Saturation
These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be used
by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the reservoir.
The dP friction will take in account of the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity -
dependent) calculated by the Non-Newtonian viscosity model.
where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent
The option will activate a new TAB screen in the Input Data section where the basic
model inputs are required:
Initial Reservoir
Initial reservoir pressure
Pressure
Reservoir
Reservoir Rock Compressibility
Compressibility
Compaction Model
Exponent (see definition above)
Exponent
Most of the IPR pressure drop occurs near to the well. With this in mind, use an
effective permeability appropriate to the given conditions. For empirical inflow models
such as Vogel and Multi-Rate methods, the effect of cold injection fluid viscosity is
accounted for in the pressure points. Changing the reservoir temperature will have no
effect in these cases.
2.6.10 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.
Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well corresponds
to the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area, and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry (due
to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and the
conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.
The pressure drop due to the position of the producing interval with respect to the
reservoir geometry can be considered to be independent of the pressure drop
surrounding the well completion in so far as one can imagine an equipotential cylindrical
The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone is
The downstream limit of the previous feature is the crushed zone. The outside surface of
the crushed zone, and the inner surface of the perforation tunnel are both assumed to be
equipotentials. As a result flow in both the crushed-only and the crushed-and-damaged
zones is radial.
The next feature downstream is flow in that part of the perforation tunnel which
penetrates the formation. We use the flux into the tunnel previously calculated for radial
flow in the crushed zone to calculate the flow profile along the tunnel :
Moving yet further downstream, two equipotentials can be drawn, one at the external
surface of the cement, the other on the inside of the casing:
The last feature is the region between the equipotential at the opening of the perforation
tunnel in the casing, and the screen.
An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.
The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the perforation
tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when permeability of
gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in the tunnel becomes
sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical flow towards the
perforation mouth.
2.6.10.2Using SkinAide
When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is presented:
Select the required options for the Flow and Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:
Semi Steady State - corresponds to no-flow at the outer reservoir boundary. This
boundary condition corresponds to reservoir depletion with no pressure
maintenance. The radial flow Productivity Index equation for semi-steady state is:
These equations differ only in the constant 3/4 vs 1/2 for steady state flow. These radial
flow equations can be generalised for other drainage geometries.
Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used in
the Productivity Index equation:
Having selected the required options, SkinAide requires data entry in the following
categories:
Geometry
(Reservoir dimensions)
Petrophysics
(Reservoir permeability etc.)
Damaged Zone
(Damaged zone properties)
Cased Hole
(casing dimensions)
Crushed Zone
(Crushed zone properties)
Perforations
(Gun and perforation geometry)
Gravel Pack
(Only for Gravel Packed wells)
The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry
button in turn and enter the data as follows:
2.6.10.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous reservoir,
use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and is
measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir thickness,
enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the above sketch).
When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.
Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the hole
diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.
2.6.10.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).
Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth that
respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Permeability - Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir
permeability. Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the
undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.
The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.
External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed
interval.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the completed
interval.
Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added to
the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no high
flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.
Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default value
is 0.5 inches.
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone within
the damaged zone.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability.
It is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be
the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = RdamagedRcrushed only.
(horizontal) permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
Rcrushed only = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed
formation (horizontal) permeability.
2.6.10.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sizes are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.
Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Gun Phasing - Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects
interference between perforation tunnels.
Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
angle of 45.
API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the API
test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/2 Total Target Penetration - Length of perforation in Berea sandstone
target. If RP 43/2 data is unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.
Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
stand-off.
Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength - Compressive strength is used to
calculate in-situ perforation dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial
compressive strength are given in the following table:
Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log,
not the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions.
Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective stress (frac
gradient) is suitable.
Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional
data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties. Separate gravel
properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in the perforation
tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be simulated.
Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled hole
diameter is occupied by gravel.
Annulus Gravel Permeability - Permeability of gravel in the space between the
screen and the open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g. 20/40
mesh gravel will pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch sieve.
Average laboratory measured permeability values for various gravel sizes are given
in the following table:
Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
gravel pack.
Tunnel Gravel Permeability - Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the
perforation tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.
Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.
The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button once
all the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results. To evaluate
the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow performance, click
Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following screen example:
Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:
Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning with
the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss in the
casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the total skin
is called the completion skin Scompletion.
The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect the
quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical completions,
producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one reservoir is double
that of the other:
Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )
Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the length
of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )
Charge properties
Fluid properties
SPOT is a powerful model that gives the User the ability to directly compare perforation
charge performance in reservoir rock on a log scale. It takes into account perforation
depth of penetration, entrance hole diameter, shot density and drilling mud invasion.
SPOT is intended to demonstrate that perforation charges often dont pass the mud-
invaded zone and that correct mud design is vital in these cases (particularly in low
permeability reservoirs).
In PROSPER, the output from SPOT, an Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) curve,
can be directly combined with any Vertical Lift Performance (VLP) correlation to predict
the well performance under various operating conditions: well head flowing pressure,
water cut, GOR and so on..
Here is a list of the peculiar acronyms used in the SPOT inflow module along with their
meaning:
OB OverBalanced
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:
Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)
Schlumberger (SLB)
Dynawell (DYNA)
GEODynamics (GEODynamics)
Titan (TITAN)
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;
Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;
A report containing lists of all data can be automatically generated in SPOT by using
Data followed by Reporting selected from the Toolbar.
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has
also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API
RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based
on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a
reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole
conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by
conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized
conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the
SPOT Vendor Database under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API
RP 19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, Recommended Practice for the
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
All the guns available in SPOT as well as corresponding information is displayed here.
Note that Normalised gun data displays Section 1 results that have been converted to
5000psi pressure (rather than ambient conditions).
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update the data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that the User cross checks critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B is the only document that API recognizes as valid in this
program. As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1 data is
converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations (based
on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a reasonable
estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole conditions, a
better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting reservoir
specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurized conditions into a stressed
rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample
under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT under the
Section II/Section IV Data heading.
The following data must be entered under the Section II/Section IV Data heading:
Basic gun information e.g. gun type, gun size and vendor name
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. This information should be
available in the Gun Database. Generally, a deep penetrating gun will have an
entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Depth of penetration: the perforating depth of penetration measured from the inside of
the casing or tubing to the end of the perforation tunnel (Reference: API RP19B,
Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001).
Entrance hole diameter: the diameter of the hole through the casing
Test sample compressive rock strength (UCS)
Effective stress: the net effective stress applied on the sample in a Section IV test or
3000psi for a Section II test (Reference: API RP19B, Recommended Practice for
Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001). If a pseudo Section II test was conducted at
atmospheric conditions the effective stress would be zero.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
Fluid fill type: This is the fluid fill in the pore spaces of the rock sample. According to
API RP19B, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the
pore fluid should be sodium chloride brine solution (3% by weight). This function
allows you to conduct a pseudo Section II or Section IV test with gas filled core to
represent a gas reservoir and input the result in SPOT. Note that the well bore fluid is
always assumed to be liquid.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing. According to API RP19B, Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators, 2001, the standoff should normally be 0.5in.
Core Sample Size: Select between 4in and 7in core sample used in the Section II or
Section IV test. If neither a 4in or 7in core sample was used in the laboratory tests, the
User should select the core size closest to these bounds. This information is used in
the Synthetic Effective stress Correlation selected on the Options screen).
It should be highlighted that flow data obtained from Section IV test is not used in the
SPOT inflow performance calculation. The Core Flow Efficiency (CFE) ratio can
however be used as a qualitative check and for charge/charge comparisons.
The User also has the ability to enter additional gun systems in the Gun Database by
clicking the "Add" button..
Gun selection from the Vendor Database can be made according to:
Vendor
The type of gun i.e. wireline, tubing conveyed
Gun OD
Clearances:
o Enter the minimum restriction.
o Restriction Tolerance.
o Click "Update" which will only display guns with an OD less than the minimum
restriction minus the tolerance.
o Click "Clear" to remove the above filtering.
2.6.11.2.1 Gun
This dialog is used to examine a single gun from the guns database. It is displayed in
different situations:-
If you have the API 19B or 43 test for a new gun which is not in the default database, the
gun can be added by the user. In this case the dialog is used to enter or edit the
information from the test sheet.
This dialog is also used to display the details of the gun that the user has selected for
the SPOT calculations. Click the "Select Gun from Database" button to pick a gun from
the guns database. In this case most of the fields are disabled as they are read only.
The only two fields in the "Gun Details" that are enabled are Shot Density and Gun
Phasing. These two values are specified in the API 19B and 43 test. However some
guns can be configured to different values to those used in the test. In this case we allow
the user to modify them from the values in the test. Warning : although we allow these
values to be modified this is strictly incorrect as the shot density and phasing have an
effect on the Lp. The section 2/4 data is also enabled as this may be modified by the
user.
See the Gun Database help for specific information on the data.
This dialog allows the user to select a gun from the PROSPER gun database and
correct the test Lp and EHD to in-situ conditions using the Shell SPOT corrections.
These are the same calculations as used in the full SPOT IPR but this calculation is for a
single set of conditions e.g. UCS, permeability. The Lp and EHD can then be
transferred to the PROSPER IPR data and used in calculation of skin.
Input Data:
This is a description of the in-situ data required by the SPOT Lp and EHD correction.
Lp Correlation Type
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in
conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the same effective stress condition. It should be
highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is believed to be
valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional
correlations option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations option should be selected.
Casing OD
Casing Weight
Casing Grade
API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing defined in the test data. So if if a
much thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as more of the gun energy is
lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then the Lp will be higher.
These data should refer to the casing at the depth of the perforation.
If a different casing grade was used in the test, pick the material with the closest
hardness. i.e.:
Material J55 L80 P105 P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320
Layer Fluid - For producers this is fixed by the type of the producer. For injectors this
should be set to the fluid in the rock that is being perforated.
Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be selected.
(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.
Use Downhole Standoff - Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise
select "No" in which case the gun is assumed to be centralized.
Downhole Standoff - If "Use Downhole Standoff" is set to "Yes" enter the value to be
used.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Enter Effective Stress, Effective Stress - To enter the value of effective stress
directly, select "Enter Effective Stress" and enter the "Effective Stress".
Gun Data:
This section of the dialog shows the data relating to the selected gun. See Guns
Database for information on this data. Click the "Select Gun" button to pick a gun from
the guns database.
If section 2 or 4 gun test data is available, tick this box and enter the data. See Guns
Database for information on this data.
Calculated Data:
Click the "Calculate" button to calculate the actual Lp and EHD. If you wish to use these
values, click the "Transfer" button to copy these calculated values to the IPR data.
Note that the calculated casing ID is also shown. This is calculated from the casing OD
and density.
In order to use the SPOT inflow model, select | System | Inflow Performance and select |
SPOT from the list of the available Reservoir Models in PROSPER:
In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top right
corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right) required
to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data
Lp Correlation Type:
API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
Activity:
The user has two choices:
New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
Workover / Re-perforation: an already perforated and producing well needs to
be re-perforated.
Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical
Inflow Equation:
For vertical or deviated wells the user has 2 IPR choices:
Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This equation
is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogels correlation.
For horizontal wells the user has 4 IPR choices:-
Economides-Joshi: This model has been adopted from Economides (1990) and
Joshi (1988). It assumes the well is located in the center of the drainage volume. The
method is not appropriate for partially cased and perforated or partially openhole
perforated horizontal wells.
Borisov: This simple equation was developed by Borisov (1964) and has been found
to provide good results in many simple cases. The method is not appropriate for
partially cased and perforated or partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Babu-Odeh: This method treats a horizontal well as a vertical well turned sideways.
Despite being a simple concept, it has received wide acceptance. The method is not
appropriate for partially cased and perforated or openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Goode-Wilkinson: The method was adopted from Goode and Wilkinson. It is the only
horizontal well model in SPOT that can be used to calculate performance of a partially
cased and perforated horizontal well. The model also assumes that the horizontal well
has been drilled in a rectangular drainage area that is twice as long as it is thick (I.e.
reservoir length>>reservoir height). The method is not appropriate for partially
openhole perforated horizontal wells.
Note that Non Darcy skin effects are currently NOT considered in SPOT for horizontal
gas wells.
Perforating Method:
For a new well there are two options:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard perforating
practices.
Double run perforating - Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
(assuming the perforating guns are not oriented).
For a workover/reperforation:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per standard perforating
practices.
Double run perforating Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired.
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie,
assuming the guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the first and second perforating run.
Re-perforating - You are re-perforating over existing perforations (old holes) that are
contributing to production
If this option is selected the User must fill out the Reperforating box in the Reservoir
layers screen. The User is presented with a drop down box that includes the following
options
New holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the new perforation holes
New and Old holes- i.e. model the contribution from the new and old perforation
holes
Old holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the old perforation holes.
Note that according to the option selected here, the User must also tick the
appropriate perforated interval in the Log Data screen
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
User should match/adjust these results using field data.
For a reperforation calculation, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the old and new perforating run.
In SPOT mud invasion is assumed to have a permanent effect on reservoir performance
that does not improve over time. Thus, when reperforating an existing zone or
perforating a new zone in an old well, SPOT will assume mud invasion properties do not
alter over time (i.e. the existing zone will contain the same amount and degree of mud
invasion as the new zone). In reality, if a mud has been ideally designed, it is likely the
effect of mud invasion will reduce over time. SPOT recognizes the fact that most of the
drilling muds used in practice are not ideal. Despite this, if the User wishes to alter the
mud invasion properties for new and old perforating zones within a well, the Enter Mud
Invasion Log option should be selected. This will give the User the ability to specify
certain mud properties for different zones.
4. "No Invasion"
In this case, the SPOT module will assume no mud invasion.
Sanding model:
There 2 choices: "None" and the "QinetiQ model".
The "None" option will not calculate any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be
produced from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
For vertical perforations a suspension model is assumed in which solid particles
are maintained within the fluid
in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify that
sand will be produced. The User should enter the perforation angle for the
perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to model
debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).
The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to turbulence
that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no sand transport is
indicated.
The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).
It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.
The QinetiQ Test Results" option will use a default crushed zone permeability
relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the crushed zone
permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big hole charges.
Pressure Transform:
This option is only required for gas/condensate wells. It refers to the pressure transform
used in the IPR calculations.
Pressure Squared
Pseudo Pressure
It is not necessary to enter multiple layers but at least one layer must be entered. Only
one layer is allowed for horizontal wells.
Basic Data:
Drainage Radius - Reservoir radius over which the well can drain/ inject reservoir
fluids. In general, the drainage radius for tight formations is small, while the drainage
radius for highly permeable formations is large. For the Joshi Economides and Borisov
horizontal well methods the equivalent horizontal drainage radius should be entered into
SPOT. That is, if the user nominates a drainage area, the shape of that drainage area is
either elliptic or rectangular with two half circles at both ends. Radius of a circle with an
equivalent area calculated and it is called the equivalent horizontal drainage radius.
Note that drainage radius does not need to be defined in the Babu Odeh or Goode
Wilkinson horizontal well method.
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).
Perforation Efficiency - In the past perforation efficiency was often a very low number
such as 0.2, 0.3. This was to take into account the much lower Lp than the gun test value
caused by the difference in test and in-situ conditions. Since the Lp is corrected to in-
situ conditions by the SPOT calculations one would normally use a much larger
perforation efficiency e.g. 0.8.
If a gun is selected per layer then this will appear as a per layer value in the layers grid
rather than the basic data.
Additional Reservoir Height - This information will only be required for a vertical or
deviated openhole or openhole perforated well. It defines the distance between the
bottom of the openhole well and the bottom of the reservoir layer (i.e. the bottom-most
reservoir layer in a multilayer reservoir). For example, if the openhole well fully
penetrates the reservoir (as depicted below) the additional reservoir height will equal
zero.
If the openhole well does not penetrate the Bottom Reservoir Layer, the distance
between the bottom of the well and the Bottom Reservoir Layer must be defined using
the additional reservoir height box.
In an openhole vertical or deviated well the top of the producing well section will be
defined by the bottom of the casing on the Completion Details screen. Thus the bottom
of the casing and the additional reservoir height will define the producing well length in
an openhole vertical or deviated well.
Select Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected, click this button to select a gun from the guns
database.
Layer Data:
Top MD - For all vertical and deviated wells this is the top of the specific reservoir layer
to be analysed, defined in terms of measured depth. Thus:
Bottom MD - Top MD = reservoir height for a vertical cased and perforated well.
Top MD must be used in conjunction with Additional Reservoir Height and Bottom
Well MD to define the reservoir height for an openhole or openhole perforated well.
Bottom MD - For vertical and deviated cased and perforated wells this is the bottom of
the reservoir layer to be analysed. Thus:
Bottom MD Top MD= reservoir height
Well length is defined by the perforated interval on the Log Data screen.
This is depicted below.
Cased and perforated vertical well:
Water saturation - The total water saturation in the reservoir. This value is used to
predict the effect of associated water production on well productivity.
Relative Permeability - Click this button to enter the relative permeability curves for
oil&water (for oil wells) or gas&water (for gas/condensate wells) as Corey data.
Invasion Data - If you have chosen Invasion model to be "Calculate Invasion" or "Enter
Discrete Invasion Depth", click this button to enter details of the invasion data.
Kv/Kh - The ratio of vertical to horizontal permeability. The ratio must be less than or
equal to 2.
Downhole Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be
selected.(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.
Reservoir Height - This defines the distance between the top and bottom reservoir
layer in which the horizontal well has been drilled. For the Economides Joshi and
Borisov horizontal methods, it is assumed that the well is positioned in the mid point of
the layer. The Babu-Odeh and Goode Wilkinson methods allow the height of the
reservoir to be specified relative to the well position.
The Economides Joshi, Borisov, Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods
allow the following type of horizontal well situation to be analysed:
The Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods allow the following type of
horizontal well situation to be analysed:
Xwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir length. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods
Ywell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir width. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods.
Zwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir height. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson
calculation methods.
Reservoir Length - Length of the reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
Reservoir Width - Width of the box reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.
The User must select Corey Function in the Reservoir Layer screen.
Oil relative permeability end point at the residual water saturation of 20%= 0.8
Water relative permeability end point at the residual oil saturation of 20%= 0.3
If water saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
oil is flowing in the reservoir
If oil saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
water is flowing in the reservoir
General rules to be used when specifying relative permeability values are provided
below (ideally, Corey Exponents would be obtained from laboratory experiments):
End point relative permeability <1
Residual saturations 0-1 (i.e.0-100%)
Recommended Corey Exponent for Gas/Oil Drainage
In order to estimate a Corey Exponent, the wettability of the reservoir must first be
determined.
Wettability describes the preference for fluid to adhere to the surface of the reservoir
rock (i.e., in water wet rocks water preferentially adheres to the rock surface,
conversely, in oil wet rocks oil preferentially adheres to the rock surface). In general,
most reservoirs are classified as being intermediate wet.
Guidelines for Wettability Determination:
WaterWet Oil-Wet
Swi >20 to 25% or more <15%, usually 10%
kro=krw @ Sw >50% @ Sw< 50%
krw at Sorw < 0.3 > 0.5
Wettability Corey Exponent for kro (no) Corey Exponent for krw (nw)
Water Wet 2 to 4 5 to 8
Intermediate Wet 3 to 6 3 to 5
Oil Wet 6 to 8 2 to 3
Recommended Corey Exponents for Gas Production (an imbibition process)
Curve Corey Exponent
Water relative permeability curve 5 to 8
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4
Note: This assumes that the reservoir is water wet
Curve Corey Exponent
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4
The User can easily view the generated relative permeability curve by clicking Plot
Curves in the Corey Function data screen.
Relative permeability assumptions used in SPOT are outlined below:
-Oil production- oil, water and solution gas are assumed to be the only phases
present
-Gas production- gas and water are assumed to be the only phases present
-Water production- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into an aquifer- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into oil reservoir- water and residual oil are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into a gas cap- gas and irreducible water are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into an oil reservoir- gas, oil and irreducible water are assumed to be
the only phases present
Thus, it is important that the User selects the correct reservoir type on the Corey
Function screen for injection. That is:
-For water injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that water is
being injected into a water aquifer
-For gas injection if injecting in oil leg is not ticked, SPOT assumes that gas is
being injected into a gas cap.
SPOT contains four mud invasion data entry options on the New well data and Re-
perforation data screens:
1. No Invasion: The SPOT calculation assumes no mud invasion.
2. Enter discrete invasion depth: The User should input a discrete mud
invasion depth based on field knowledge, information from deep and shallow
resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the Invasion tab on the
3. Enter mud invasion log: The User should enter a mud invasion
petrophysical log. This is the most accurate method of predicting mud invasion
depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow
resistivity data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion
depth and if drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region
(which is likely for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth
calculations are resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method
should be obtained from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, Log data available? must be selected as Yes
and data entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if
conventional petrophysical log data is not available but the User still wishes to
import a foot-by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen (two invasion zone
permeability options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted
return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer
if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.
4. "Calculate invasion": This option will allow the User to calculate mud invasion
using one of four options developed by Hans Vans Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell)
and the Shell Perforating Global Delivery Team. If mud invasion is to be
calculated in SPOT, the User must input:
o Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during
drilling of the well) which is used to calcuate an equivalent rate of penetration.
o Downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filtercake.
Calculation specifics and the effective permeability in the invasion zone must
also be specified using the Invasion tab on the Reservoir Layers screen
(two invasion zone permeability options are available- use of return permeability
data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for
each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled. The four calculation
methods available on that screen are:
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if fluid loss data from laboratory
experiments were recorded as a function of time. Common experiments
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if only the total fluid loss volume from
laboratory experiments was recorded. Common experiments include
measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under static
conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and Core
Flood tests.
The SPOT mud invasion model is appropriate for the following scenarios:
Oil based and water based drilling muds
The model assumes the drilling mud has been correctly designed and that appropriate
laboratory tests have been undertaken (tests may include, but not be limited to return
permeability, filtercake pop off and core flood). Correct mud design is especially
important as:
In general, deep mud filtrate invasion depths depend on filtercake thickness and
permeability. 1. Filtercake permeability depends on the solid size used to create
a filtercake. 2. Filtercake thickness depends on the tendency to be eroded under
specific conditions (based on initial thickness and mud flow/ dynamic filtration
effects). Thus, if drilling mud solid particles are not correctly sized, the formation
will experience deeper mud filtrate invasion. The SPOT mud model assumes
that all drilling mud solids have been optimally sized.
Filtercake pop off/ flow back tests can be used to define the differential pressure
required for filtercake removal. Note that residual solids at the surface of the
wellbore will have a much larger impact on return permeability than filtrate
invasion so it is important to ensure the filtercake has been removed (Francis,
1997, SPE Paper 38182). If a drilling mud has been properly designed, the
filtercake should easily lift off and no residual solids should remain at the surface
of the wellbore.
It should also be highlighted that the mud calculation model in SPOT can only be used
to obtain a first pass estimate of mud invasion depth. If the depth of penetration of the
perforating gun and mud invasion depth is similar, more detailed studies and/or
laboratory testing should be undertaken. Such studies can account for additional
factors such as dynamic filtration effects. An example of such a study using a fine scale
3D reservoir simulator is described by Suryanarayana et. al in SPE Paper 95861.
Users should always conduct an After Action Review to compare the mud invasion
depth predicted by the model to that in the actual well (e.g. mud invasion depths in the
well can be measured using deep and shallow resistivity logs). This information will
assist design and interpretation of mud invasion depths in adjoining fields/wells. It
would be appreciated if results of any such comparison are sent to Petroleum Experts
for future improvement of the SPOT mud invasion model.
Some recognized limitations of the SPOT mud invasion model include:
It is possible to generate inconsistent skin and flow results when using high 'mud
filtrate zone' factors. If this occurs we recommend increasing the filtrate factor to
100percent or reducing the filtrate factor below 50percent. A model to rectify this
problem will be avaliable in the next version of SPOT. The correct behaviour is
that flow reduces (and skins increase) as mud invasion depth increases.
It assumes the mud has been correctly designed including sizing of mud solids.
Athough it can be applied to oil, gas and water flow, the model assumes piston
like displacement of filtrate. This is in general valid for gas wells, however, may
not be appropriate for oil wells. If the viscosity of the filtrate is lower than the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid, fingering may occur, resulting in much higher
invasion depths than predicted by the SPOT model. In order to correctly model
this effect, multiphase flow effects must be taken into account.
It is a static model and neglects dynamic effects such as filter cake erosion.
The following analysis assumes that the filtrate invasion into the reservoir has a
permanent effect on well productivity, which does not improve over time. The
degree of permanent reservoir permeability reduction due to filtrate and solids
invasion is captured in SPOT in the specification of invaded reservoir
permeability (Ks and Kl- permeability of the solids and liquid invaded zones
respectively). Thus it is very important that these values are reasonable and if
possible, return permeability testing has been undertaken (return permeability
tests demonstrate the difference in pre and post mud invaded permeability i.e.
the amount of permanent mud damage). To obtain realistic return permeability
results, the test should be continued until a constant flow rate is achieved and the
drawdown pressure used in the laboratory should be representative of the
maximum pressure experienced in the field (this pressure must be downscaled
for core-reservoir size effects). In addition, test conditions like temperature,
overbalance pressure and pore sizes of the disk and/or the permeability of the
core plug sample, should be comparable with field conditions. If specific,
remedial attempts are undertaken to remove mud damage, the effect of these
processes should be included in the final estimate of return permeability.
Equivalent Circulating Density (ECD) effects during mud circulation are ignored.
ECD effects may increase the differential pressure across the formation during
filtercake formation and filtrate invasion.
Input data for calculating mud invasion, specifying a discrete mud invasion depth or a
mud invasion log is specified under the New Well/Reperforation screen:
Once an option is selected, additional mud invasion data must be entered on the
Reservoir Layers screen, Invasion Data.
Irrespective of the option selected on the New Well/Reperforation screen (except for
the No invasion option), the effective permeability in the mud filtrate and mud
filtercake invaded zones must be specified. Two options are available for specifying
the effective permeability of the invaded zone:
1. Input return permeability from core tests. This option should be selected if return
permeability laboratory testing was undertaken. Simplistically, the test involves
measuring the initial permeability of the sample at irreducible water saturation,
dynamically exposing the core to drilling mud so a filter cake forms, statically
exposing the filter cake to drilling fluid, cleaning up the sample using drawdown
and finally, measuring the return permeability of the core sample. The damaging
effect of the drilling mud is quantified by the difference between the initial and
final permeability of the core sample.
To use this option, the following inputs are required:
Fluid loss at end of test= total mud fluid loss
Cross sectional area= cross sectional area of core sample
Fractional porosity of core sample= average porosity of core sample
Length of core plug sample=length along the axis of the core sample
Swi of core sample= irreducible water saturation of core sample
Kreturn= return permeability of the core sample after conducting the laboratory
test (%)
Kinitial= initial permeability of the core sample i.e. 100% by definition
This information is used to determine a linear fluid invasion depth, and thus the
effective permeability of the fluid invaded zone.
Ks = factor to describe the final permeability of the solid invasion zone following
mud invasion
Kl = factor to describe the final permeability of the filtrate invasion zone following
mud invasion
Suggested values based on research by Hans Van Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell) are as
follows:
Kl (OBM) = 52% Kl(WBM) =62%
(90% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)
Research suggests that a cut-off may exist for mud invasion damage depending
on initial permeability(i.e. high permeability reservoirs are not greatly affected by
mud invasion). The mud invasion model used in SPOT accounts for irreducible
water saturation and, as such, a permeability cutoff is not recommended for
gas reservoirs. However, a permeability cutoff could be applied to oil
reservoirs.
In addition, the User must enter an irreducible water saturation or irreducible gas
saturation value. This is the irreducible fluid saturation of the reservoir interval.
If Enter Discrete Invasion Depth was selected in the New Well/Reperforation
screen, a value should be entered into the Discrete invasion depth box on this
Invasion Data screen. This option will assume a constant invasion depth over the entire
reservoir interval.
If Calculate invasion was selected in the New Well/Reperforation screen, one of the
following four mud invasion depth calculation options should be selected:
1. Fluid loss vs time
2. Total fluid loss time and volume
3. No fluid loss data-option 1
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
Most accurate calculation method is Option 1, followed by Options 2, 3 and 4.
However the option that requires the least data and thus is most easily applied by the
User is Option 4. In many circumstances (especially for high permeability gas and oil
reservoirs), the User will only have data available for Option 4.
1. Fluid loss vs time
This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if fluid loss behaviour during the
duration of the test is avaliable. It will predict the amount of spurt loss as well as
the external filter cake build-up process (excessive spurt loss will occur if the
drilling fluid is not properly designed, in this case the drilling fluid should be
redesigned). The User will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data
screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample
o The User will also need to enter Time and Fluid Loss data into the table. A
minimum of two data sets is required. If more than two data sets are entered,
SPOT will input a best fit line through the data. Reasonable values for t1 and t
2 are 300s and 1800s or the end time of the static filtration period
respectively.
o Total lab sample exposure time= time that the ceramic disk or core sample
was exposed to drilling mud
o Total fluid loss through the lab sample= total amount of drilling fluid lost
through the lab sample during all testing stages (the volume should
correspond to the total lab sample exposure time specified)
The User will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
o Density of drilling fluid filtrate, if you have an OBM this will be the density of the
oil phase in the mud, if you have a WBM this will be the density of the water
phase in the mud
o Mass fraction of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
mass fraction of solids and water i.e. mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%
solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling
weight), if you have a WBM, this will be the mass fraction of solids only i.e.
mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)-(%
water*densitywater)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)
o Density of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
density of solids and water i.e. density= [((%oil+%water+%solids)
*drillingweight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/ (%water+%solids), if you have a WBM, this
will be the density of solids only i.e. [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-
(%oil*densityoil)-(%water*densitywater)] / (%solids)
The User will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If Oil based mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud
o Brine density
o If an oil based mud, is the oil water ratio closer to 80/20 or 75/25
In addition to selecting one of the four above options, the irreducible fluid saturations
must be specified. Depending on the reservoir fluid, the following parameters may be
required:
a. Irreducible water saturation
b. Irreducible gas saturation
c. Irreducible oil saturation
SPOT will always assume that the mud invasion zone is measured from the wellbore
radius. That is:
in a cased and perforated well, invasion depth is measured from the wellbore
radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an openhole well the invasion depth is measured from the wellbore radius (or
if calliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)
in an underreamed gravel packed well the invasion depth is measured from the
underreamed wellbore radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore
radius)
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. It is assumed that there is a negligible effect of the few
shots which may overlay. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the User
should match/adjust these results using field data.
If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the User will be required
to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for the existing holes:
Most of the required information can be obtained from the Vendor Database:
Gun size
Shot density
Gun phasing
DoP Section 1: the depth of penetration measured during the API RP19B Section 1
test
Entrance hole diameter
Perforation efficiency: perforation efficiency is the number of holes that are
contributing to production. E.g. 80% efficiency would mean that 8 out of 10 holes are
contributing to production as 2 hole are blocked due to debris, perforation collapse
etc. Rough rules of thumb for perforation efficiency are:
o 80% for a current perforation gun in a vertical well.
o 50% for vertical perforations in a horizontal well (the gun sitting on the low side of
the hole will prevent tunnel cleanup)
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o <80% efficiency if a large dynamic or static drawdown is applied to consolidated
sand (i.e. tunnel collapse is not a concern)
o 50% for old perforation guns (greater than or equal to 20 years old)
o 50% for very tight reservoir
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. In general, a deep penetrating
gun will have an entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing that applies to the specified Section 1 DoP value
provided above.
Downhole standoff: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing when the gun was originally fired in the well.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
Material J55 L80 P105 P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320
The Shell PGDT recommends that the following set of log data is inputted in SPOT to
improve perforation and inflow performance predictions (i.e. answer YES to Log data
available?):
Porosity
Permeability
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
Thick Walled Cylinder Strength (TWC)
If UCS and TWC data is not available, the following information should be entered:
Formation Density Compensated (FDC)
Compressional Sonic
Shear Sonic
Petrophysical data should be entered on a typical data acquisition scale (i.e. 0.5-1ft).
Additional data that may also be entered in the Log data screen is listed below (these
are not used in the SPOT calculations):
Gamma-ray: to identify different formation types e.g. sand, shale, coal
Resistivity: to identify hydrocarbon intervals
Cement Bond Log (CBL): to identify poorly cemented zones
Caliper: the caliper diameter should be entered. This will be used to identify washed
out and slumped zones. Any caliper data entered in SPOT will be used to define the
wellbore radius in inflow performance calculations
Net/Non Net reservoir: to identify net pay or sand zones
The best method to get log data into PROSPER is to first import it into Excel and
preprocess it to the format of the log data tab. Then copy and paste it into PROSPER.
Once all the data has been entered, click the "Fill-in" button to calculate any columns
that were not entered (these are shown in blue).
Perforation Zones
The tick box in the "Perforated" column allows each row to be perforated or not. If the
perforated tick box is blue and disabled then it means the log row depth does not
intersect any of the entered layers so it can not produce/inject.
Obviously it can be time-consuming to tick or untick each log row as there may be
thousands or rows. So there are several methods to make this process easier:-
Multiple Selection:
Select a number of rows by clicking and dragging over the rows. Then right click on the
selected rows and select either "Perforated - On" or "Perforated - Off" to tick or untick
the Perforated tick box for all the selected rows.
Perf by cutoff:-
Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated by cutoff e.g.
perforate all rows with a permeability grater than 10 md.
Perf by depth:-
Click this button to display a dialog that allows rows to be perforated or not over a range
of entered depths e.g. perforate all rows between a MD of 10105 and 10674 feet.
Note that if the Goode-Wilkinson horizontal well model is not selected for a cased and
perforated analysis, the User will be unable to update the perforation interval in the Log
Data screen (the entire interval will be automatically selected as being perforated).
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) and Thick Walled Cylinder (TWC) Data
The User should input a UCS petrophysical log into SPOT. UCS is a very important
parameter as it affects the perforation depth of penetration. There are four options for
determining UCS:
1. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs) and match the generated UCS log to
laboratory core UCS measurements at specific depths. The complete UCS log
should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst. This is the most
accurate method of creating a UCS log as the predictive correlation will have been
match against actual field core UCS measurements. For example:
2. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs). The UCS log is NOT matched against
core data. The complete UCS log should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
3. Determine a UCS log for your field using information/ data from nearby wells/fields
4. Use correlations in SPOT to estimate UCS. The following correlation types are
available in SPOT to estimate UCS under the UCS Relation column in the layer
data tab:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equation 1: UCS as a function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty factor
2)
- Equation 2: UCS as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 2)
- Equation 3: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity>7%)
- Equation 4: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 5: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity 4-37%)
- Equation 6: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 3)
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected UCS correlation. For
example, the User may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional Sonic
from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation 1 is
selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate UCS (porosity
and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the User wishes
to use petrophysical log data to calculate UCS but only average values to calculate
inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and constant
porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
Although it is possible to internally calculate porosity in SPOT for oil and water wells, it is
recommended that porosity values are not calculated within SPOT and that porosity
information is always entered by the User after it has been determined by a Log Analyst/
Petrophysicist (as it can have a large effect on mud invasion depth calculations and
permeability correlations, and subsequently inflow values). To internally calculate
porosity in SPOT for an oil or water well a FDC (density) Petrophysical log and a Rock
Bulk Density value must be provided. Mud invasion effects are ignored in the SPOT
porosity calculation. SPOT does not allow the User to internally calculate porosity for
gas wells as density logs measure electronic density (which can be significantly less
than actual density in gas).
Many of these correlations are based on trend lines and as such, there is uncertainty
SPOT may request more information than required by the selected TWC correlation.
For example, the User may select Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional
Sonic from the Log data input drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation
1 is selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate TWC
(porosity and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the
User wishes to use petrophysical log data to calculate TWC but only average values to
calculate inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and
constant porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
data must be generated. The screen to generate this data will be displayed
automatically the first time the log data tab is accessed. To regenerate the log data
again, click the generate button.
2.6.11.3.3.1 SPOT: Model inputs - Generate Log Data
This dialog is used to generate synthetic log data if none is available. This will create
log data with constant values entered in the average properties data.
This dialog allows the perforated state of the log rows to be set depending on the values
of the log data.
For example, if you wish to only perforate log rows where the permeability is greater
than 10 mD, enter a value of 10 mD for the "Lower Permeability" and then click the
"Apply Cut-off" button. Log rows with a permeability greater than 10 mD will have the
"Perforated" tick box selected and any with a permeability lower than 10 mD will have
the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Alternatively if you wish to only perforate log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia, enter
a value of 7000 psia for the "Upper UCS" and then click the "Apply Cut-off" button. Log
rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box selected and
any with a UCS higher than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.
Leave fields blank if you do not want to them to be applied in the cut-off.
2.6.11.3.3.3 SPOT: Model inputs - Perforation Depth
This dialog is used to select or deselect the perforate tick box for all log rows over a
certain depth range. The depths are always MD rather than TVD.
For example, if you wish to perforate between 12050 and 12100 feet, enter "Upper
Depth" = 12050 ft and "Lower Depth" = 12100 ft. Then click the "Set Perforated" button.
This tab is used to enter completion details for the SPOT calculations. Only the
completion over the producing zone is required.
This data is used to correct the Lp. API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing
defined in the test data. So if if a thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as
more of the gun energy is lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then
the Lp will be higher.
Appropriate completion details will need to be entered for the selected option. This may
include:
SPOT will always assume that the casing of a well is cemented. It cannot calculate the
effect of perforating an uncemented liner or tubing.
Multiple casing strings (2 or 3 casing strings only) can be entered into SPOT and an
adjusted perforation depth will be calculated using empirical correlations.
The holdup depth is effectively the bottom of the well. No perforations are allowed below
the holdup depth. The holdup depth is a measured depth (not TVD).
but is provided here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents where the casing
has been underreamed, the interval has been perforated and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional openhole perforated completion.
Openhole well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal gravel pack
represents an openhole well that has been completed with a gravel pack within it (it is
extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice, but is provided here for
flexibility). The external gravel pack represents a conventional external gravel pack
where the casing has been underreamed and the underreamed area is filled with
gravel.
This option assumes that all other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole
completion.
Gravel pack permeability: the permeability of the gravel pack can be estimated using
the following recommendation by Golan and Whitson (1991)
SPOT initially does all the calculations of corrected Lp's, skin, rates etc for each log row.
For reporting purposes it then calculates representative values for the layers for some of
these variables. For example it will use the results of the log rows belonging to each
layer to calculate an equivalent skin for the layer.
Click on the Log Results button to display the detailed results for each log row. Some of
these results are at a specific FBHP so a value needs to be entered before displaying
the log results.
This dialog displays the detailed results for each log row. Some of the data (such as
rates) are calculated at the FBHP that was entered in the layer results.
Multilateral wells are different than single wells because they have a variable structure.
Both the number of branches and the way that they are connected is variable. Hence, a
flexible network data structure is appropriate for modelling these wells. Furthermore, to
provide a consistency with other Petroleum Experts products the interface has the same
look and feel as the one in GAP.
The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System | Inflow Performance
from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However, before that the
multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also accessed from the main
menu.
The User interface consists of a framework window that contains several child windows,
as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The child windows
include the network windows that contain the system network drawing, the navigator
window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three visualisation
windows, which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from three orthogonal
points of view.
Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:
2. Navigator window contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.
3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER and
the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.
4. Visualisation screen up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
multilateral network.
The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which can
be of help in editing large networks.
The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes are
represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on this
window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.
Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between two
nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or not and
the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be attached to
completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a piece of tubing.
These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network is
hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections
(which is normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth). Each icon is given a
characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and pink
(tubing).
Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand
mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest. Alternatively,
click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or unzoom on that
point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the Preferences dialog
in the Preferences menu).
To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at any
point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole of the
system.
Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask
selected; to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node from
the calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network (which
deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or adding in
completions. Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking those below it
in the hierarchy.
Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To move a
single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse button while
dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group, select an
area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse button with the mouse
cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a new location. Items stay
selected after a group move but can be de-selected using the select option.
Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups of
items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete option
chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this option
should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar or
from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group selections
can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand mouse button
over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select or de-select
items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by a group move.
Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view in
the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking the
left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on the
current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down and, after a short
time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.
Maximise: Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral main
window.
Close: Click this button to remove the window from the workspace.
This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always consist
of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system window. In
addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the portion of the
system currently under view in the system window.
The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network window,
this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle, the
cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator window
facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand mouse button
in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area, although resized
to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.
Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility
menu. This contains the following functions:
Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views. This
can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.
Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed, will
not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand corner
of the window or by using the Window menu option.
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists of
a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse button
in the network window.
The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.
Connections between nodes are created by choosing the Link button and holding
down the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a
connection hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into one
or more child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out
physically. Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or completion-
completion connections by the order in which they are joined up.
Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at the
top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-point
Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved either
by clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out a fixed
amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If zoom in is
selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on the area
selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area zoom is performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific items can be
removed from the network for calculation purposes without deleting them.
This is particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion
item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be deleted by clicking on
the item in the system window. The icon automatically becomes unselected
following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes. To
delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on the
item in the system window and then, with the mouse button depressed,
dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may also be
selected and moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected by
clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its colour to
indicate selection/de-selection.
Finish
Done exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain in
the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are marked
invalid.
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start of
the edit session.
Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list box in
the tool bar and have been explained above.
Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to those in
the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model option, such as
the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings up the
dialog in the following figure.
The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the latter
case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other IPR
calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be reported at
the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the
switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box in the
middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out.
The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect
to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.
Preferences
The preferences dialog is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window menu.
It allows customisation of a set of User-interface variables for subsequent PROSPER
sessions. The following options are available:
Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.
Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button may be
held down to auto-repeat the action. The value given in this field represents the time
(in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the mouse button is clicked.
Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the resolution of panning.
Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or unzoom
icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while the centre
of the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked. The value
entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be greater than
one.
Output
Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.
Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.
Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a cascade.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.
Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window may be
changed by clicking on one.
Help
Other Items
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the User interface:
namely font and icon sizes.
Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts option
from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the system window.
This will bring up a font selection dialog. Select the required font and style and press
OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to labels in the
visualisation windows.
Icon Sizes
The sizes of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select the
Icon Sizes option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in
the system window. The following dialog will appear:
The dialog consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 100 range for a new file). Change the icon
size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the Automatic
Update box to update the system window with the new size as the slider is moved.
When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter case
the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the currently
active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.e. all
changes will be lost when the current file is exited.
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral object.
The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and reservoirs) are
drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are updated whenever a
network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an item is deleted or
becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same colour as their
equivalent network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified by the same
PROSPER Manual January, 2010
User Guide 320
The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases going
down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the (y, x) plane
where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the screen and y
increases going to the right.
The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command. If
all the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The title bar
of each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in question. The co-
ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical) straight tubing, which
enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has measured and vertical
depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way to the network window one
can pan across a visualisation window by moving the mouse cursor close to one of the
window edges and clicking on the left button when the panning cursor appears. The
fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-repeat delay are controlled by the same
options as in the network window (chosen from the Preferences dialog).
2.6.12.2Data Entry
2.6.12.2.1 Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and select)
have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.
Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for each
node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen (see Section 7.1).
However, the reservoir data input child screen does not have any tab buttons in it. The
main data screens differ from the single well case in the action buttons: only the left-
most group - Done, Cancel, Reset, Validate and Help - are available. Their function is
the same as in the single well case. Hence, the differences between the single well IPR
data entry and the similar multilateral ones lie in the model selection and data input child
screens.
Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the starting
points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that are
initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured cyan) when
the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a net item and fill it
with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent branch first. However,
it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order as any child net item can
be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its parent.
Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand side,
there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying nodes are
sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand mouse button
menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the given screen is
closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.
The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth of 0
. The junction data are the same but are read-only. A junction must always be
hierarchically below another network item, so its data are entered automatically from its
parent. As mentioned earlier a junction mainly forms a branching point.
Consistency Validation
Beyond the consistency enforced by the validation of individual network items as they
are edited and the automatic entry of some child branch data from parents, there are
other checks carried out on a complete structure whose nodes are individually valid:
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion; completions must be attached to at least one
reservoir.
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to be
layers).
The purpose of this exercise is to enter some geometrical data for the simple
multilateral in the following back of an envelope sketch and then visualise it using the V
isualise menu. It is assumed that the fluid selected is Oil and Water and the units
system is oilfield units. We will also show the procedure for running a calculation, to
which purpose some default PVT and geometric data should be entered in the reservoir
screens. The multilateral has two branches, with one branch having an azimuth of 170
with respect to the other. The zig-zag lines indicate completions and the areas between
the horizontal straight-lines are layers/reservoirs. Note that one tubing branch contains
two completions and goes through two reservoirs. This will be modelled as one
completion node and logically attached to two reservoirs. The point at (12000, 10000)
feet will serve as a tie-point.
(12000, 10000)
10000 feet (12100, 10020)
(12200, 10020)
Kh = 100 mD
(12400, 10100)
10100 feet
10200 feet
(13000, 10210) (13000, 10220)
Kh = 50 mD
(14000, 10220)
(14000, 10280)
10300 feet
The nodes needed are one tie-point (as always), a junction (to model the branching),
two completions (although there are three zones, the data for two will be contained in
one node), and two reservoirs. Each node can be selected from one of the following:
1. Using the Tools | Add Item option in the frame window menu.
3. Selecting the required option from the drop-down list box in the toolbar.
Once the appropriate node addition option has been selected, click somewhere in the
blank network window to create an icon. Allow the programme to attach a default label
to the node by not entering one. Do this for all the required nodes listed above.
Before doing the connections, space the nodes and arrange them in height order with
the tie-point at the top, followed by the junction, followed by the completions and put the
reservoirs at the bottom. Keep the completions and reservoirs at the same horizontal
level with C1 and R1 on the left. Now select the link option and drag the mouse cursor
(with the left button down) between the following icons in order to make the connections:
TP1-J1, J1-C1, J1-C2, C1-R1, C2-R1 and C2-R2. Note that between the tie-point and
the junction a tubing icon is drawn to indicate that this link contains tubing data. The
order of the connections J1-C1 and J2-C2 are important for the reverse would imply that
the completions were above the junction hierarchically.
Tie-point (TP1)
Enter 12000 feet and 10000 feet for measured and vertical depth respectively and then
click on Done.
Tubing (T1)
Make sure that Flow Type is Tubing Flow on the model selection screen and a
suitable value (0.354 ft) is entered for well-bore radius. Then leave the model selection
screen with its other defaults and enter the data input screen using the button Input Data
in the top right hand corner. In the Deviation tabbed dialog enter the three numbers:
12100 10020 0
in the white boxes in row 2. Now enter the Equipment tabbed dialog by clicking on
that tab. In row 1 choose Tubing from the drop-down list box and then enter the four
numbers:
Junction (J1)
The co-ordinates (12100, 10020) should already be entered in the junction net item.
C1 Deviation
13000 10210 170 (row 2)
14000 10280 170 (row 3)
C1 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)
C1 Completion Info.
13000 14000 10210 10280 1 (row 1)
C2 Deviation
12400 10100 0 (row 2)
13000 10220 0 (row 3)
14000 10220 0 (row 4)
C2 Equipment
14000 0.7 0.0006 1 (row 1)
C2 Completion Info.
12200 12400 10020 10100 1 (row 1)
13000 14000 10220 10220 1 (row 2)
The other fields in the model selection and data input screens (for both reservoirs)
should be entered with some reasonable numbers. For example: pressure (5000),
temperature (200), salinity (150000), water cut (15), GOR (800), gas gravity (0.9), oil
gravity (30), vertical permeability (10) and drainage area (500).
Choosing Visualise |Front should show a picture similar to the one in the sketch above.
Also, providing the data has been entered correctly, the network structure should be
valid; this can be verified by going to the screen brought up by the Analyse| Calculate
menu command and choosing one of the calculations.
Note that this exercise is not meant to represent a real case but only a reasonable set of
data that the program can process.
The comments below will describe what calculations are performed when a system
calculation needs to be performed and the Multilateral model is used.
a) PROSPER uses the already generated IPR with Analyze | Calculate | Calculate
to get the intersection between VLP and IPR first.
b) The solution FBHP from step a) is then used to refine the solution rate by
performing a single point calculation like Analyze | Calculate | Calculate |
Calculation One Point and this point uses the solution flowing bottom hole
pressure
This means that whenever a change is made, the Analyze | Calculate | Calculate
routine needs to be re-run before performing a system calculation so that an updated
IPR can be used.
go directly to Design Gaslift Design (New Well). Note that the gas lift design section
has been revised to give users greater flexibility in choice of design methods.
The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the general options:
Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and an annular safety valve where fitted.
To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will
depend upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.
Firstly select the gas lift system type on the Options menu, then enter the gaslift data by
selecting Gaslift data on the System menu.
Enter the required lift gas composition data. It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the
injected gas. For example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53 and
Mole percent CO2 = 100%.
Select one of three gas lift methods available. The methods currently available are:
The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas at
the specified depth to achieve the GLR Injected or the Injected Gas Rate.
The GLR injected can be subsequently overwritten with entered calculation sensitivity
variables. If the GLR injected is unknown, leave it set to zero. The GLR to inject is set
using Sensitivity variables GLR injected or Injection gas rate in the Calculation section.
GLR/Rate ?
It is possible to select whether to use by default GLR Injected or Injected Gas Rate as
mode of gas injection.
For example, if one selects use GLR Injected as method, then the program will use by
default the value of GLR injected entered in the same screen above. If instead before
any calculation one enters the gas lift gas (as GLR injected or gas lift gas injection rate)
as sensitivity parameter, then the mode selected in the GasLift Input Data will be
overwritten.
For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.
Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves. The program automatically calculates
which valve opens for particular liquid and gas injection rates.
If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered for
a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the T
ransfer button.
The safety equipment data can be entered by accessing the Safety Equipment button in
this screen.
The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the casing head
pressure as a function of gas injection rate and compressor output pressure. Frictional
losses in the annulus are taken into account when calculating the casing pressure at
each gas lift valve depth. The safety valve pressure loss is clearly seen on the following
gradient plot:
To specify the position of the gas lift valve, in the surface equipment data select this
feature in the equipment type combo box , as shown below:
And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the GLR injected:
Surface injection pressure: this is the gas lift injection pressure at surface
Injection depth: depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity: gravity of the injected gas lift gas
Valve port size: size of the injection valve
Water Cut: water cut of the produced well stream
Tubing Liquid level: depth of the liquid in the tubing to be lifted
The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.
For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).
Note: to be able to enter negative wear factors, modify the range of validity of
the wear factor parameter in the Units section. To do that, access the menu
Units/Units and enter for the Pump Wear Factor a Minimum Validation value
equal to -1 (fraction):
When a downhole gas separator is run, the GOR of the oil above the separator will be
lower than the produced oil GOR. Depending on the completion, the separated gas is
produced up the annulus or a separate tubing string. Both casing I.D. and tubing O.D.
are required to be input on the System Equipment Downhole Equipment.
The Pump wear factor is defined as in the ESP pumps, as seen in the previous section.
Turbine speed is assumed to be the same as the Pump speed. The % Power Fluid of
Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of the total produced liquids the power fluid
represents.
A figure of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive the
turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir fluids.
In order to select the correspondent pump and rods, the pump database must be set up
first. The section devoted to the PCP design will describe how to enter the
correspondent pump and rods database.
To analyse an existing installation, enter the data in the Coiled Tubing Data section, as
shown below:
Two lift methods are available: Specified Injection Depth and Optimum Injection Depth.
Please refer to the Gas Lift section above for further details.
With diluent injection, the light hydrocarbon diluent reduces crude viscosity and
improves its flow characteristics.
When Diluent injection is selected as Artificial Lift Method, Diluent Injection is active in
the System menu.
The only input data required are injection rate and depth:
For analysis and optimisation of an existing Jet Pump installation, enter the data on the
input data screen as requested:
In this section the User has to select the Pump and enter specify its position and
maximum size along with injection rate and pressure.
The loss coefficients are also required. These coefficients are a measure of the energy
loss due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the pump.
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump manufacturers.
The Pump Wear Factor is defined in the same way as in the ESP pumps. Please refer
to that section for details.
Other input data are the power available, the pump configuration (single pump or pumps
in parallel) and the pump model.
The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod Pumps.
The Quality Control exercises like Correlation comparison are based on what is
possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.
Gradient Matching
Existing correlations can be modified using non-linear regression to best fit a gradient
survey. Comparison of the fit parameters will identify which correlation required the
least adjustment to match the measured data.
This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string.
Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with temperature
data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate screens allow the
match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.
Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations to
be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the User
to:
- Understand if the measurements make sense, that is to say, violate or not the
principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
Correlation Comparison is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model.
QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick check
of lift performance.
For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.
For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.
Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by hand
using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input match
parameters determined previously.
Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be modelled
more accurately.
The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated, there
is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should be set to
zero.
The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR). In
this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will determine how
much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase according to the PVT.
Test Point Date and A comment can be entered for the test. Also, each test can be
associated to a date stamp
Comment
Tubing Head Flowing temperature at test rate. Usually has only a minor
effect.
Temperature
Rate Enter either Oil or Liquid rates as selected. (Oil Wells Only)
Reservoir Pressure Pressure of the reservoir when the test was taken. This field
will not be displayed if the IPR model in use is MultiLayer or
MultiLateral
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection breakthrough.
The measured total GOR during the test (including the tank
gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free. (Oil Well Only)
Gaslift Gas Rate Rate of lift gas injection (gas lifted wells only).
The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of pressure
data, comments on test quality etc.
This input screen has a number of features to simplify data manipulation. The selection
buttons on the left hand side are used to select data points for further editing. Hold
down the Ctrl key and click the required buttons to select multiple points. Copy copies
the selected points into memory and onto the Windows clipboard. Click the selection
button of the desired destination and click Paste to copy the data to the new location. I
nsert shifts the data down to make room for new entries. The Delete button deletes the
selected records. Data from this table can be copied to or from the Windows clipboard.
Therefore, test data can be read in from a Windows based spreadsheet by first
copying it to the clipboard, and then pasting it directly into the table.
Bad or inconsistent data points occasionally prevent the program obtaining a good
match. The Disable button causes a selected data record to be ignored in the matching
process. Disabled records are dimmed in the VLP matching screen. Disabled points
can be re-included in the matching process by first selecting the point and clicking on E
nable. By sequentially disabling suspect data points, potentially inaccurate test points
can be identified and eliminated from the match.
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected well test data to the correlation comparison section. The procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to perform
correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the correlation comparison screen and at the
same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with the selected
well test data.
For each well test it is possible to enter a date stamp and the reservoir pressure
at the time of the test.
This feature can be used to store the actual reservoir conditions and allow the
User to get back in time and check old tests.
Accessing QuickLook
When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section
New!!! Adjust IPR: After matching the VLP, it is possible to solve the system
for reservoir pressure in automated fashion. The algorithm will estimate the
reservoir needed to match the well test. The user will have to make an
engineering judgment about the adequacy of the mathematical solution.
Click the Statistics button to examine the match parameters as shown on the example
screen below:
If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen. This
should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells has
yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same well in
a different PROSPER application.
PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match the
measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a correlation and
determining the error between measured and calculated pressures. The gravity and
friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and the process
repeated until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or 50 iterations
have been completed.
Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.
If all the data are consistent, these two parameters should be within a 10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is probably
an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT model and the
field data (rates/pressures).
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 2 by more than +-10%, then probably the
value of the roughness entered in the equipment is incorrect.
In cases the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of uncertainty in the
VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation. PROSPER will attempt to
make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting the hold-up correlation. If
a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5% away from 1.0, the density is
adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up correction is possible, so any
significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates a PVT problem.
If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that the equipment description
is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the friction
component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a larger range in
the value of Parameter 2 is expected.
Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown alongside
each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard deviations and the
magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the selection of matched
correlation.
Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the optimised
(matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the process has been
successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to the measured pressure
data points.
For oil wells, Hagedorn Brown performs well for slug flow at moderate to high
production rates but well loading is poorly predicted. Hagedorn Brown should not be
used for condensates and whenever mist flow is the main flow regime. Hagedorn
Brown under predicts VLP at low rates and should not be used for predicting minimum
stable rates.
Duns and Ros Modified usually performs well in mist flow cases and should be used in
high GOR oil and condensate wells. It tends to over-predict VLP in oil wells. Despite
this, the minimum stable rate indicated by the minimum of the VLP curve is often a good
estimate.
Duns and Ros Original is the original published method, without the enhancements
applied in the primary Duns and Ros correlation. The primary Duns and Ros correlation
in PROSPER has been enhanced and optimised for use with condensates.
Petroleum Experts 2 includes the features of the PE correlation plus original work on
predicting low-rate VLPs and well stability.
Petroleum Experts 3 includes the features of the PE2 correlation plus original work for
viscous, volatile and foamy oils.
(including downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore we do not encourage
its use.
Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT model
which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and the
Duns and Ros correlation.
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.
Further details can be found in the PROSPER Help menu, under HelpFlow Correlations.
References about multiphase flow are reported in Appendix A.
Select the desired correlation and then click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the
VLP for a range of rates and pressure at the sand face for each of the active test points
that have been entered on the VLP Matching screen. Once this calculation is
completed, click Plot and the VLP/IPR plot will be displayed along with the test point:
The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot. If
the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be adjusted until
a match is obtained. To modify the data of the IPR, select IPR, which will access the
IPR input screen.
NEW!!! During the adjustment of the IPR, to modify the value of the Reservoir
Pressure, change the reservoir pressure entered in the test data screen
Inconsistent test data points will be easily identified on this plot. Clicking Finish returns
to the Adjust IPR screen. Matching both the VLP and IPR to actual test data ensures
that the PROSPER well model is capable of accurately reproducing the currently known
producing conditions.
An IPR is required when automatic rate calculation is used for VLP or system
calculations. IPR data must be present before commencing a VLP/IPR Match.
NEW!!! In the VLP Matching - Adjust IPR screen the option to allow/disallow
Left-Hand Intersection is available. This option can be used in cases like Gas
Coning
The first node pressure is entered in the Input Parameters section - do not include it in
the Match Data table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data from the
Correlation comparison data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for VLP/IPR
Matching. Enter the required data and click Match. The following will be displayed:
Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to start
the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is less
than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the
following is displayed:
The match points appear as blue squares in the figure reported above.
The calculated pressure gradient can be inspected by clicking View. Click the Statistics
button to display the match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of well
conditions and correlation performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation. Once a
correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the correlation
name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or clear the match
parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use the Reset All button
to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.
Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for
specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs
depth data points are available.
The User can now use the Correlation Comparison button to transfer the
selected pipeline test data to the pipeline correlation comparison section. The
procedure is:
Click on the button to the left of the pipeline test data that we wish to
perform correlation comparison on.
Click on the Correlation Comparison button
PROSPER will bring us to the pipeline correlation comparison screen
and at the same time, populate the correlation comparison screen with
the selected pipeline test data.
Enter measured manifold and tubing head pressures for a range of rates and click M
atch to enter the calculation screen. Select the correlations to match in the same
manner as for Gradient matching. All editing and calculation controls operate as
described under Gradient matching. Once the matching is complete, click OK to return
to the main menu.
input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated from
the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).
Click Matching / Correlation comparison to display the following data entry screen:
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if there
is no surface equipment or it has been disabled.
Enter the surface flowing conditions at which to compare the flowing gradients
calculations for the selected Vertical Lift correlations. Select a surface equipment
correlation then click on the required Vertical Lift correlations to select a number of
them from the list. Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are
given by Fancher and Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ross Modified (highest pressure
drop in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check boundaries
for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for actual
calculations.
Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
The value of GOR should reflect the current solution GOR and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production
from a gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero if
there is no free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.
Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in the measured
data boxes. The Transfer button copies the measured depths and pressures from the G
radient Match section.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.
When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to display the calculations screen,
then press the Calculate button to compute the pressure gradient in tabular form as
shown below:
For all the correlation selected for calculations, use the scroll thumb below the results
box to access the results of calculations.
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.
A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. The plot can be output or saved using the standard features
of PROSPER and Windows. An example comparison plot is shown below:
This plot is a useful quality check on the PVT and field production data. The Fancher
Brown correlation does not allow for gas/liquid slippage, therefore it should always
predict a pressure that is less than the measured value. Measured data falling to the left
of Fancher Brown on the gradient comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density
(i.e. PVT) or the field data (pressure or rate). The use of the gradient comparison plot is
recommended to help identify flow regimes and assess input data quality.
Summary Plot
From the Tubing Correlation Comparison it is possible to visualize a Summary plot
This plot allows to compare the total dP and the components of the dp calculated by the
various correlations, as well as the difference between the correlation pressure and the
gauge pressure (Point i in the table):
Results This consists of a table containing the summary of all the results for all the
multiphase flow models
Chart Select from the drop-down menu the component of the pressure drop to
compare
Export This option allows the user to export selected data to Printer, File, Clipboard
or Screen.
Help View this Help screen
2.8.5.1 Input
The gas lift QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from
the Matching menu displays the following screen:
The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input.
If unloading valve details have been entered, their opening and closing pressures will be
shown on the plot also.
The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is consistent. The static gradient
can also be displayed on the plot by entering two static pressure measurement points.
Downhole measurement entry is optional.
For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be entered.
Click Valves from the QuickLook screen to display the following:
The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and dome
pressure at 60 F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed. Opening
pressure etc. fields will be blank until a QuickLook calculation has been performed.
Entering the valve data for the QuickLook is optional.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:
In the Results box, the program displays the theoretical dP across the injecting valve
together with the casing pressure theoretically required to balance the flowing tubing
pressure at the injection depth plus the dP across the orifice.
Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:
This plot enables the User to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed,
and how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. The results box
displays the following computed values:
Temperature at valve Interpolated for Predicting pressure only option. Can also
be calculated using the Rough Approximation
temperature option.
GOR Free Calculated from production and injection rates and PVT.
dP across valve Pressure loss resulting from injection through the valve
orifice.
Producing draw down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent P.I. When flowing above bubble point, the production rate
divided by the producing draw down.
Critical flow rate Injection rate required for sonic velocity through the orifice.
% Critical flow rate Actual injection rate as a fraction of the critical rate.
Historically, ESP wells have been difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited down
hole pressure data) because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and
above (tubing hydraulics) the pump. Using the ESP QuickLook, conditions in each of
these areas can be analysed separately.
2.8.6.1 Input
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:
Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake and
pump discharge pressures
Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses.
Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems
since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the pump
intake where gas separation takes place must be known. The calculation of
the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day), free gas
fraction at the pump intake and electrical parameters:
If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure traverses
will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge pressures and
surface voltages should coincide.
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the
calculated and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is
different, then the assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and
pump frequency should be examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing
pressure. This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will
indicate any discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay.
2.8.7.1 Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Clicking QuickLook from the
Matching menu displays the following screen:
Select the required pump and turbine from the buttons at the top of the screen.
Downhole pressure data Enter gauge data if available, usually pump intake
and pump discharge pressures
Entered The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
Click Calculate to display the calculation screen and Calculate again to begin the
computation of the pressure traverses. Note that PROSPER always calculates from the
bottom up for HSP systems since, in order to find the tubing GOR above the pump,
conditions at the pump intake where fluid mixing takes place must be known. The
calculation of the downward pressure traverse from the entered tubing head pressure is
therefore iterative.
Select between the up pass and down pass using the buttons located beside the Case
box as in the following example:
Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures, down hole average rate across the pump (RB/day) and pump and
turbine parameters:
If the wellbore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures should coincide.
The pump discharge pressure is the tie point for the system. First match the
pump discharge pressure (if available) from the top down traverse. The pump
discharge pressure depends only on the weight and frictional resistance to the
flow rate through the tubing to surface.
Next match the pump intake pressure from the top down traverse. If the calculated
and measured pressure differential (head) across the pump is different, then the
assumptions of pump wear, fluid density (water cut) and pump speed should be
examined.
The top down traverse will now give the resulting bottom hole flowing pressure.
This should be compared with the bottom up calculation and will indicate any
discrepancy with the inflow performance module assumptions.
This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables etc.
The available calculation types are:
Inflow (IPR)
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
381 PROSPER
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake rate
and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to quickly run
sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This is especially
convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation programming.
System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves
and determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also
allows to perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots
can easily be generated.
Three options are available:
- 3 variables (for naturally flowing wells)
- 4 variables and
- Multi-Variables ( up to 10 variables).
Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables the user to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.
Choke Performance
This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised.
To select this calculation type, choose Calculation Inflow (IPR) from the main menu
toolbar.
A few data on the fluid quality are required, along with the selection of the rate range for
which to run the calculation.
User selected
One can either enter a table of up to 20 rates directly, or use PROSPER to G
enerate them. Click Generate from the User Selected rate entry screen and the
following screen will be presented:
Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate
the required rate table.
Use the Try button for the preview of the entered range and Done to confirm.
User selected rates can be useful when using the AOF is inappropriate for the
range of sensitivity variables to be considered.
The range of Inflow variables available depend on the particular IPR model entered in S
ystem Inflow performance.
For each of the selected variables enter the values by hand, or click Generate to have
PROSPER calculate a range of values as follows. The Generate feature is exactly the
same as the one for the Rate Method entry.
Leaving the sensitivity variable screen empty will run the calculation with the
default parameters entered in the main IPR section.
The Combinations button can be used to enter particular scenarios to calculate. Refer
to Sensitivity Combinations in the section related to System Calculation for more
details.
Once set up the Inflow sensitivity variables, click OK Calculate to calculate the IPR
pressures. The results will be reported in a table:
In the Variables area scroll teh various parameter to display the desired sensitivity.
The results can be exported to different destinations (like for example the Clipboard) by
selecting Export.
Clicking on Report will instead export the results to a Report sheet.
On this plot by pressing on the VARIABLES option on the menu bar, one can
get a display of all the variables that have been calculated during IPR
calculations, like skin, dP skin etc. These can be plotted as well.
To enter the System Calculation area select CalculationSystem (Ipr+Vlp) from the
menu toolbar.
The first input screen requires the Top Node Pressure and the data concerning the fluid
quality (e.g. WC and GOR) and allows to select correlations for surface and downhole
equipment as well as select a rate method.
The Top Node represents the downstream end of the system, hence it is:
- The manifold if surface equipment is included in the system
- The wellhead if no surface equipment is included in the system
The Solution Node represents the point at which the nodal analysis is
performed. Three options are available:
- Bottom Node. It is the bottomhole, that is, the deepest point in the
downhole equipment
- Top Node. See definition in the previous note
- Well Head. It is the Xmas Tree, that is, the upper point of the downhole
equipment.
According to the last two definitions, if no surface equipment is included, Top
Node and Well Head represent the same point.
As far as the Rate Method is concerned, refer to the previous section for details.
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR curves intersection.
These curves are interpolated between the selected calculation rates and so
the result may change according to the rate values used.
An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells having very high
AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is determined mainly by the tubing
size. Manual rate selection may give better results in such cases.
Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available. For
example, if a well is gas lifted th euser will be given the option of gas injection rate as a
variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.
Normally tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe. This
option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size above a
safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string diameter
constant.
The Combinations option allows the User to enter specific combinations of field data (or
hypothetical cases) then allow the program to calculate the unknowns. An example of a
Combinations screen is shown below:
If no liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates (either
internally calculated or User input) and calculates the solution for the combination
of sensitivity variables for each of up to 10 cases.
If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, these take precedence.
The program will then find the VLP and IPR pressures for each combination of
sensitivity variables.
Once sensitivity values have been entered in either the Combinations or Variables
screen, click Continue to display the calculation screen. Sensitivity values temporarily
overwrite variable values that have been entered on other screens. For example:
Pressure at first node, water cut.
Click Calculate to start the system solution calculations. A calculation screen example
is shown below:
On the right hand side there are the results of the system calculation: solution rates,
FBHP, WHP, WHT, etc.
On the left hand side, instead, there are the calculated parameters related to VLP and
IPR. Scroll to the right to read the results.
In the Variables area it is possible to scroll the different cases or the values of the
sensitivity variables for which the calculation were performed.
Solution Details
To examine the solution in more detail, click the Solution Details button. Individual
solution points can be viewed by clicking on the arrow buttons located beside each
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
393 PROSPER
sensitivity variable. Outflow or Inflow solutions can be viewed as shown in the following
sample screen:
In the case of wells with ESP, HSP, PCP or Jet Pump, the solution details contain all the
results related to the pump.
Plotting Results
The results can be plotted by clicking Plot. The System plot will appear as follows:
The system plot summarizes all the calculations. Each VLP and IPR curve is identified
by up to 3 numbers posted beside them. The variable names and the corresponding
number labels are shown in the panel to the right of the plot. In the above example,
Curve 1,0,0 is for 4500 psig reservoir pressure, 0 % water cut and 4 STB/day/psi
productivity index.
To plot the solution rates and pressures versus the selected variables, click Sensitivity
and a sensitivity plot will be displayed. To select sensitivity variables to plot, click V
ariables and make the selection on the following screen, for example:
The Sensitivity screen allows to choose X- and Y-axis variables. Click OK to view the
Sensitivity plot. The program automatically plots the sensitivity values of the X-axis
variable. If variable Combinations have been used, the sensitivity cases will be
automatically plotted.
The pressure gradient for any particular solution rate can be calculated by clicking Se
nsitivity PvD (Sensitivity Pressure vs. Depth).
Select the desired case by scrolling on the variables, and then Continue and Calculate
to generate the gradient. The results are displayed on the following screen example:
By clicking the Extended button, a greater range of plot variables can be accessed.
Virtually any combination of computed results can be plotted against each other.
Return to the standard choice of plot variables by clicking the Original button.
The plots are held in memory until overwritten by a new set of calculations. Plots can
also be displayed or output by selecting Plot from the main menu. The Units menu can
be used to change the display units if required.
Special Note for ESP, HSP, PCP and Jet Pump Applications
When calculating a System solution for a pump equipped well, in the Solution Point
screen lists details of the pump solution such as pump intake pressure etc. (See
example pump solution in the screen below)
Clicking Pump Plot on the pump solution screen displays the sensitivity solutions plotted
over the pump characteristic curves (this is available only for ESP and HSP). As shown
by the example screen below, the effects of the sensitivity variables on the pump
operating point can be readily evaluated.
This plot is a powerful tool for evaluating how an ESP design can accommodate future
changes of well conditions.
All pump (both ESP & HSP) designs should be validated by calculating
sensitivities and ensuring that efficient operation at the design rate can be
achieved over the entire range of expected well and pump efficiency
conditions.
For pump (both ESP & HSP) equipped wells, the Sens. PvD gradient calculation shows
the pressure increase across the pump. An example gradient plot is shown below:
These curves can be compared with published pressure traverse curves or actual well
data. Pressure traverses can also computed for combinations of sensitivity variables.
The effect of changing tubing sizes, SSSV I.D. etc. can be evaluated visually by plotting
the gradient results.
To commence the Gradient calculation, click Calculation Gradient (traverse) from the
main menu and the following screen will be displayed:
Enter the required data, mostly the same as the one requested by System calculation,
plus the first and the last node for the calculation, which will determine the section of
completion for which to run the gradient calculation.
Then select Continue to access the Sensitivity Variables (or Combinations) screen.
Refer to previous sections for the description of this area.
Selecting Continue again will access the calculation screen. In this screen the User can
select the flow correlations for the downhole and the slug method:
Click Calculate to compute flowing gradients for all the sensitivity cases. Once the
calculations have been completed, the results tables can be inspected by clicking the
respective variable arrows until the desired variable combination is visible.
Important
The Gradient calculation results report very useful parameters
concerning details on the DP calculation, PVT data, mass flow rates and
in the case of pipeline gradients, characteristic parameters of slugs, etc.
A plot of the gradient results similar to that below can be displayed by then clicking the
Plot button:
Gradients can be plotted for the well and flow line separately or combined on the one
plot.
2.9.3.1 Options
Every time a Gradient calculation is performed, a number of post-process calculations
are carried out, like for example maximum grain size, erosional velocity, liquid loading
(Turner velocity) and pigging calculations.
The parameters affecting these calculations can be accessed in any Calculation screen
by means of Options button.
This screen can also be accessed from the main menu toolbar by selecting System
Solids.
This calculation determines the maximum size of sand grain that can be dragged away
by the producing fluid. The calculated Maximum Grain Diameter is reported in the
results table at each calculation step.
Sand will be lifted to the wellhead only if the velocity of the fluid in the wellbore is greater
than the Critical Transport Velocity.
This velocity is function of sand particle size, shape and density and the fluid density and
viscosity.
Two different equations are used: one for oil wells and one for gas well:
1. Oil Wells
The equation used in this case is more applicable to laminar flow, conditions that
are likely to be encountered in oil and / or water wells.
Where:
2. Gas Wells
The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.
Where:
In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the wellbore.
Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be transported by the
well flow.
These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the production
rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the formation
sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.
References:
1. Fairhurst.CP Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line, BHRA,
1983
When gradient traverse calculations are performed the program will estimate the
correspondent value of erosional velocity.
Erosion can be caused by the repeated impact of solid particles on tubing and
pipelines. To avoid this we attempt to estimate the velocity at which erosion will occur.
Normal practise is to use equation of API 14 E. This can be unreliable especially for
clean production where the limiting value of C (125) can be too restrictive. In practice,
values of 1000 for C have been recorded in pipes where no erosion has been detected.
A Conoco paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for Sand Laden
Fluids) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean service
and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It proposes a
simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with several multi-
phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
409 PROSPER
The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting System
Solids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any calculation
screen.
PROSPER calculates the erosional velocity for solid-free fluid using the API-14E method
and the entered C value. If the sand production rate has been specified, PROSPER will
calculate the erosional velocity using both the API-14E and Conoco methods and will
then compare the results and will use the computed lower-value of erosional velocity. To
review the computed erosional velocity values using the Conoco method set the value of
C sufficiently high until the values do not change for changing values of C.
After gradient calculations are performed, scroll right on the results screen to view the
erosional velocity values.
The Turner Equation is used to study the continuous removal of liquid from gas wells.
This equation is used to determine the minimum velocity of the producing fluid
necessary to drag away the droplets of liquid. The original formulation of the equation is
the following:
Results of the calculation of the Turner velocity are reported in the Gradient calculation
2.9.3.1.4 Pigging
This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.
Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated by
integrating the difference between the liquid hold-up and the no-slip hold-up in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from
These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results table:
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume (cumulative pigged slug volume for the given pipe element
node)
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet
Entered The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
When User Selected rates are used, the user can enter rates in terms of Liquid, Oil or
Gas. The results will be given in terms of the specified rate type, but depending on the
type of well, PROSPER will first convert the rates to equivalent oil or gas to calculate the
VLP pressure. This feature can be used when preparing lift curves for high GOR oil
wells. Remember when using gas rates, that increasing the water cut will also increase
the liquid production rate. Extreme VLP pressures can easily result.
Gauge Data: The information on the Gauge Data is used for Integrated Field
Management (IFM) Applications. These can be left blank for use in IPM suite of tools.
Click Continue to access the Select Variables screen and set up the required sensitivity
variables.
To generate lift curves for simulator (like Eclipse) for an oil well, the VLP is generally
calculated for the following sensitivity variables:
Variable 1: Pressure at first node
Variable 2: Water cut
An example calculation variables screen for generating lift curves is shown below:
Select the variables required by the external application and enter a list of values for
each. Click Continue to access the calculation screen, then select Calculate to
generate the lift curves. An example lift curve calculation screen is shown below:
The calculated VLP results can now be exported to a number of external application
programs. Once the calculations have been completed, click Plot to visually check the
results and Export Lift Curves to access the export selection screen.
Currently, PROSPER supports the following export formats:
PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file format
as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, the User will be
prompted for a file name and additional data such as table number, flow table I.D. etc.
Refer to the simulator documentation for further details.
An example of a 4 variable VLP calculation for a gas lifted well is shown on the following
screen:
wells are properly represented over the most important range of flow rates to be
modelled in the simulation.
Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. e.g. if the oil production
rate is fixed, the liquid production rate becomes very high as the water cut
approaches 100%. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is
required. If injection gas is expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required GOR
approaches infinity as the water cut approaches 100%. A huge range of GOR
injected is therefore required to model the well. The use of liquid rates and injection
GLRs in oil well lift curve tables is recommended to avoid such problems.
Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the sensitivity
variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those expected by
the simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf Vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR Vs Gas Lift
Injection Rate) and rates (Oil Vs Liquid) should be checked.
PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and pressure
for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing curve variables
require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate, and the PVT
correlation may fail. Occasionally, PROSPER may halt rather than continuing the
calculation with a fictitious result. The user may have to revise the range of variables
or select a different PVT correlation in such cases. Beware of chokes and
restrictions in the equipment description that may result in excessive calculated
pressure drops. If using externally generated PVT tables, they must span the entire
calculation range. Make sure that GOR is constant above bubble point, and the FVF
is decreasing.
Provided the user enters the rates by hand, it is not necessary to enter an IPR to
calculate VLP tables. PROSPER needs the IPR to find the calculation rates if an
Automatic rate method has been selected. Automatic rate selection is not available
for 4 Variable VLP calculations.
Oil well lift curves can now be calculated in terms of gas rates for specialised
applications. Make sure that the liquid rates that result from the choice of GOR,
water cut etc. does not result in impossible liquid rates. Be especially careful when
there are chokes and restrictions in the system.
The 'Tubing Curves (Standard)' option will prompt the user to enter the bottom hole
pressure, i.e. the first node pressure corresponds to the bottom hole pressure.
PROSPER will perform the calculations from the deepest node (i.e. bottom hole) to the
pump depth. Using the pump performance curves, Pump Head is calculated for the
given frequency, water cut etc. and therefore the Pump Discharge Pressure can be
calculated. PROSPER then determines the PVT of the oil above the pump after
accounting for possible gas separation. The pressure drop above the pump is then
calculated to find the top node arrival pressure. These calculations are performed for
each required production rate. The VLP Pressure value indicated corresponds to the
Pressure at the end point of the system; i.e. if there is no surface equipments entered,
the VLP Pressure will correspond to the wellhead pressure, if surface equipment is
entered, then VLP Pressure will correspond to the Manifold Pressure.
'Lift Curves for Simulators' require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The Lift
curves for Simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut, operating
frequency etc. PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node (VLP) for the
given top node pressure. For this case the Top Node Pressure will correspond to the
Wellhead Pressure (if there are no surface equipments entered) or the Manifold
Pressure (If there are surface equipments entered). The VLP Pressure will correspond
to the Bottom Hole Pressure or the pressure at the last point in the downhole equipment
section.
VLP lift curves for simulators or Petroleum Experts applications (GAP and MBAL)
can be batch generated for groups of wells by PROSPER from GAP. Refer to the
GAP documentation for details.
Entered The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine
In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency.
This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump speed, power fluid rate,
etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be equivalent.
The VLP Multi Variable should be used when modeling and optimising simultaneously
gas lifted oil field and gas lift distribution network both in GAP. This is achieved by
generating the VLPs with an extra sensitivity variable, casing pressure.
2.9.5 Choke Performance
This is a general purpose choke performance calculator. Only PVT data input is
required to calculate flow rates given the choke size and pressures, choke setting to
achieve a specified flow rate etc. To access the choke performance calculator, click C
alculation Choke Performance and the following selection screen may be displayed
(depending on the Choke Method selected):
Calculation Options
Select the required calculation option from the following:
Predict Mass Flow Rate
PROSPER determines the flow rate for specified choke opening and inlet
and outlet pressures
Choke Method
Select a choke calculation method from the following options:
Petroleum Experts
This is an in-house developed choke model based on Perkins work (SPE
20633).
HYDRO
There are 3 distinct methods for modelling specific choke equipment. Until
performance testing is completed and documentation issued, these choke
methods should not be used.
ELF
A model based on Perkins (SPE 20633) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at
TUALP). This is also the recommended method used to calculate pressure
drops down hole for SSSVs and restrictions. It should be used for the
majority of applications.
Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.
PROSPER can be run from within GAP in a batch mode for generating performance
curves for groups of wells or independently of GAP by selecting this option.
PROSPER will automatically calculate solutions for gas lifted or naturally flowing wells. If
the solutions are then saved in a .OUT file, GAP can pick up the data required to
calculate performance curves at a later time. For more information, refer to the GAP
documentation.
Input data required are gas, water and oil rate information as well as wellhead
temperature and pressure.
This information can be in one of several formats (e.g. Liquid rate, WC and GOR, etc.)
and the correct format for the data can be selected at the top of the appropriate
columns. If the data type in a particular column is changed while there is data already in
that particular column, then the data will be converted to the new type.
In the case of gas lifted wells the gas lift gas rate is required and in the case of ESP
lifted wells the pump frequency must be entered.
The table is quite large allowing to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
automatically expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the scrollbar
at the right hand side of the screen.
Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom of
the screen.
Selecting the import button allows to bring in data from an outside source. Table data
can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the log of time
can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot screen data can
be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using the right-click
mouse button.
Data can be ordered with relation to time by using the sort button. This will also remove
any blank rows between data in the table.
2.9.7.1 References
SPE PAPER 22870
Modelling of Well bore Heat Losses in Directional Wells Under Changing Injection
Conditions
K Chu and S Thakur, Amoco Production Co.
Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix B.
pipelines
sub sea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate
deposits.
accounting for Joule-Thompson effects
PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.
After accessing this option, select the calculation to reset and then select Reset: the
program will erase the desired results.
The design menu is active only if an artificial lift method has been selected in the
main Options screen.
The design option will correspond to the artificial lift method selection in the main
Option screen.
Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is in use.
From the Design menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift valves,
ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is reported at the
end of the chapter.
Designs can also be performed for existing wells having mandrels installed at fixed
depths.
Design performance can be evaluated using the Gas Lift QuickLook or calculating
system sensitivities.
2.10.1.1Menu Options
If gas lift was selected as a lift method in the Options menu the following additional
options will be available in the DesignGaslift menu:
New Well
Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift Adjustments
The gas lift design section of the program can be used to determine the optimum gas lift
equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production rate
possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to unload
the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface calibration.
Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.
Before the User can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole equipment
and IPR information must be input.
2.10.1.2New Well
Selecting Design Gas Lift New well from the Design menu will display the Gas Lift
Design input screen:
In this screen it is possible to enter the input data for the gas lift design task.
The input data screen is divided into several areas. The Input parameters panel is
used to enter the design operating conditions. The other panels allow the User to enter
the design options for a given application.
Input Parameters
Having set up the calculation options, enter values for the following variables on the Input
Parameters panel:
Water cut
Design producing water cut.
Minimum Spacing
Sets the minimum spacing between valves. Use 200 - 400 ft normally.
Minimum transfer dP
Only active when Ignoring IPR for Unloading has been selected. If
set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient gas to
lower the unloading tubing pressure to the transfer pressure at the valve
depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the unloading GLR
injected and reduce trim sizes.
Unloading valve trim sizing depends on whether or not the IPR is used to
determine well flow rates while unloading. Existing Users should review this
section carefully.
This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection rate that
can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the maximum gas rate is
decreased, this means that to flow the same gas rate as the original case
(with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
Valve Type
This design method ensures maximum injection depth and hence maximises
production rates.
Injection Point
Before the gas lift design is performed, the User can decide if the operating valve is a
gas lift valve or an orifice.
Yes
The API method is used below 1200 psi, and an improved algorithm is used
above 1200 psi. This is the default and recommended option.
For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. However, the
User must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by the
well.
Yes
This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading. Minimum transfer dP (as
explained under inputs below) is ignored for this option.
No
This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are sized to
achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer pressure.
The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual production rate
during unloading is not calculated. This results in the selection of larger valve
trims. Minimum transfer dP is used to increase the transfer pressure, thereby
reducing the unloading gas requirement and valve trim size.
Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice
On the right-hand side of the input Gas Lift Design input screen there is a navigator
window that allows selecting the type of valves to use in the design from an internal
database.
Please refer to the end of this chapter for an illustration of how to access
and edit the database for the gas lift valves
If the design rate is Entered by User, the upper (Rate calculation) part of
the screen is not displayed.
Displaying the Well Performance Curves / Finding Design Rate (New Well)
The first step is to find the design production rate.
Click Get Rate. PROSPER will calculate the Gas Lift Performance Curve
and determine the optimum Gas Lift injection rate and maximum oil
production rate.
The target design rate and GLR injected can be read off the performance curve plot.
The design rate is:
The maximum oil production shown in the Performance curve plot, provided that
the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
The program will then determine the depth of the operating valve and the spacing
for the unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will usually take
more than one pass.
On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves.
Having determined the number of valves to use, the operating valve depth is
revised to reflect the new operating casing pressure.
The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing pressure
until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER re-
calculates the solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary. The final
design production and Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on the design
gradient plot.
The plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are plotted
also. The design data box lists the Actual production and injection rates together with
the operating surface casing pressure.
Results
To display the valve details click Results and the table with the results will be displayed.
Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the TestRack Opening Pressure
(valve setting pressure at 60C).
The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim sizes
are shown in the left screen panel.
The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.
Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the last
mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or dome
pressure calculations are made for the orifice.
The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice size
etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right to see
items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.
Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked over
the range of expected well conditions. Transfer the gas lift design and valve
setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use Calculation System to
compute sensitivities. Alternatively, Matching Quicklook can be used to
evaluate a design.
This screen is similar to the Gas lift Design (New well) screen, except that the variables
Please refer to the previous section for the description of the entry fields.
For this design type options for the choice of the first valve can be selected:
Minimum Squeeze PI Method (ELF)This method can be used when the well
productivity is sufficient to ensure that completion fluids can be squeezed into the
formation during unloading. An unloading tubing gradient is calculated by taking
the static reservoir pressure and increasing the injected GLR, until the gradient
arrives at the design top node pressure. Unloading valves are spaced by
comparing this tubing gradient with the available casing pressure at depth.
This method can be used when the well productivity is sufficient to ensure
that completion fluids can be squeezed into the formation during
unloading.
Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with dummy
valves.
PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading valves
from this list.
When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.
PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.
This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to prepare
designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available mandrel
depths.
If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.
Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop or
gas injection for each unloading valve.
If a calculated rate design method has been selected, a screen similar to the following
will be displayed:
The rate is increased and the calculation repeated until an intersection with the
IPR (rate solution) is found.
The injection GLR is increased until the optimum production rate is found.
This procedure ensures that the available mandrel depths are honoured at every
calculation step.
Once the calculations have stopped, click Plot to make a plot of the production rate Vs
gas injected. It is similar to that of a new well design.
orifice.
Click Calculate to determine the Dome and the TestRack Opening pressure will be
updated for the new valve series.
To access parameters such as the transfer pressure and port size, click on the
scroll arrow at the bottom of the Input parameters panel.
To perform sensitivity calculations for the current design, the valve depths
must be transferred to Equipment Gas Lift before making calculations.
Based on flowing tubing pressures PROSPER determines the injection point
during production.
Valve spacing is not affected by the choice of unloading method, but the trim size
selection depends on whether the well IPR is used for calculating the unloading rate or
not.
For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from the
top node (including the flow line, if present) downwards using the gas lifted
flowing gradient.
The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals the
casing pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the
Maximum Injection Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This step
establishes the flowing tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve spacing.
The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth that balances the tubing
load fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety margin) at that
depth.
Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid
pressure gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the
design gas lifted production rate) lines.
Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set
minimum, or the maximum injection depth has been reached.
Once the first pass design is complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing
gradient tubing using the current operating valve depth. For casing sensitive
valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for the casing pressure drop to
close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths no longer change.
When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution rate is checked to
ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if necessary and
repeats the spacing exercise.
Tubing sensitive valves operate with a constant casing pressure and rely on increasing
tubing pressure as the well unloads to close the unloading valve and transfer injection to
lower valves.
To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the same as
for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing pressure
drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves is r
The injection point is found as for casing sensitive valves by finding the intersection of
the minimum tubing gradient line and the casing pressure gradient (less a 50 psi safety
margin).
The first unloading valve is spaced as for the casing sensitive case.
Intermediate unloading valves are spaced by traversing down using the load fluid
gradient from the transfer pressure to intersect the casing pressure gradient for the
operating injection pressure. The transfer pressure (tubing pressure at which the
unloading valve closes) is calculated using the value of % Pcasing -Pwh as follows:
The surface pressure corresponding to the specified % difference between the
operating tubing and casing pressures is calculated.
A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.
A small value of % difference results in transfer pressures close to the flowing tubing
gradient. While this results in a design with few unloading valves, any small increase
in flowing tubing pressure may cause unloading valves to re-open.
A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away
from the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against
multi-point injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.
Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result in
shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure and the deeper valves may
transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design transfer
pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time ensuring a good
safety margin against multipoint injection.
Merla proportional valves are a hybrid of tubing- and casing- sensitive characteristics.
b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply a
certain compression force.
c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.
d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will have
an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.
a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port Area
& Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by solving the
valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe corresponds to
the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.
b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve.
For each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined
c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the casing
annulus.
Further information about these various parameters can be found in Gas Lift Manual
by Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).
Once the input data entry is complete, the User has to make sure that the correspondent
valves are transferred. Select Valves and then Transfer to transfer the valve info from
Gas Lift Design or from QuickLook:
Once the gaslift equipment details are entered the flowing gradient or static gradient
can be estimated:
Flowing
Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the User-entered target production rate.
PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each mandrel depth.
Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are determined.
Annulus volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing gradient for the
operating condition can be plotted with opening and closing pressures for each
unloading valve displayed.
Static
Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is determined
using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the reservoir
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to surface.
Valve performance calculations will be used to determine the required port size or gas
rate through a given valve
2.10.1.5.1 Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)
and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to non-
members for a fee on a per-valve basis.
This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to
utilise is included in this version of PROSPER.
The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with PROSPER
by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.
The following pictures show the various stages of a cycle in intermittent gas lift from the
instant the bottom valve opens:
Liquid accumulates in the tubing. This is the slug.
When the slug reaches a certain size, gas lift enters the tubing and lift the slug to the
surface.
The static liquid film against the inner diameter of the tubing falls back and the process
is repeated.
This is the default artificial lift method in gas lifted fields where formation pressures to
not allow continuous flow any more.
It is also suitable for wells with relatively high formation pressure but low productivity.
Method of Operation
Lift gas is periodically injected into the well at a depth close to the perforations. This gas
is used to displace the column of liquid that accumulated while the gas lift valve was
closed. If the correct amount of gas is injected, the liquid slug of oil is lifted to the well
head and into the surface flowline. Efficient operation occurs when the slug arrives at the
surface intact, in advance of gas bubble breakthrough.
A. Operating Valve is closed formation fluids are accumulating above it. Casing &
Tubing pressures at depth increase until desired slug length has accumulated.
B. Lift gas is injected at a high instantaneous rate, creating a large gas bubble.
C. This gas bubble lifts the slug to surface
D. After the slug enters the flow line, high pressure gas produces entrained liquid
droplets until pressure falls to separator pressure; the operating valve closes; the
standing valve re-opens and the cycle commences again.
During the whole of the lifting period, the slug length is reduced by liquid fallback and
gas breakthrough.
Since the lifting of liquid slugs in intermittent gas lift is a transient process accurate
analytical solutions do not exist. The approaches used require some assumptions.
Slug length is user-determined, but one should consider that a long slug requires a long
production time and fewer cycles per day, whereas a shorter slug length allows more
cycles per day. This relationship is not necessarily linear. In practise, it has been found
that maximum daily production is obtained when a starting slug length equal to 40-50%
of the static liquid column is used.
Liquid FallBack
This needs to be determined in order to be able to design an accurate Intermittent Gas
Lift installation. Empirical studies of liquid slug and gas bubble velocity (e.g. White et al
JPT 1963) showed that gas velocity was fairly constant whereas slug velocity varies with
the ratio of injection and production pressures but reaches an essentially constant value
very rapidly. Liquid fallback is minimised if slug velocity is maximised.
D
FB =
Vs
1+
Vb
Bubble velocity is assumed constant and slug velocity is determined by solving
simultaneously, the flow rate through an orifice and the equation of the forces acting on a
liquid slug in motion up the tubing.
Valve Spacing
In order to use normal gas lift pressure, it is usually necessary to design a valve
unloading string to allow the stepwise transfer of the injection point from the surface
down to the operating valve
Optiflow design procedure is suited for wells with poor information on well
potential. Assuming that the operating point as well as the production rate are unknown
this permits injection of gas at the deepest possible point at all times. This is done by
moving the operating point down the well such that the inflow is sufficient to prevent
operation of the next lower valve. Assumes 50% of the lift gas pressure at depth as the
tubing pressure at each valve depth.
2. Select a suitable combination of pump, motor and cable for the application.
ESP data entered in the System Electrical Submersible Pumps input menu is not
utilised by the ESP design section. The design results will overwrite this section.
In the main ESP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
Design procedure
Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases:
1. Calculate
This is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and
2. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.3.1ESP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the ESP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
For wells where the ESP pump is landed high up in the well it is possible that
the fluid can not reach the pump intake. For such cases, PROSPER will report a
Pump Intake Pressure (PIP) of 10 psi. Therefore the user should be cautious
when the calculated PIP = 10 psi as this indicates that the fluid can not reach
the pump intake and the design can not be completed.
To check that the separator efficiency chosen in the input is acceptable for the
design case, the Dunbar Criterion may be used as showed below.
Click Sensitivity to display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range of
gas separator efficiency curves.
Check that the design operating point lies above the empirical limit represented by the
Dunbar Factor line.
To do so, select Design; the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
Select Motor
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known; the motor power
requirement can now be calculated.
Proceed to the motor drop-down box and select a motor from those listed.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.
Select Cable
Once the motor power and voltage option have been determined, a suitable cable must
be selected.
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation
The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation and
Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.
In the main HSP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
Design procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.4.1HSP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the pump
intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.
For certain configurations the produced and power fluids can be commingled above the
pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the
pump.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the
PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the calculated
duty.
To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
Select Turbine
Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency is known, so the turbine power
requirement can now be calculated.
Proceed to the turbine drop down box and select a turbine from those listed.
PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics.
Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation.
Different combinations of pump and turbine can be quickly experimented with in
the HSP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions.
Important Note
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range
of expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the System
Calculation menu.
To access the System Calculation, select the System button within the
HSP design section.
The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation and
Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.
In the main PCP Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
This is the case of PCP with Sucker Rod. If the PCP is driven by a Downhole Motor, the
data to input are similar to the ones seen in the ESP.
All the parameters are self-explanatory on the basis of the previous sections.
Design Procedure
The design of an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One is
where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
2.10.5.1PCP Calculate
This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the
PVT section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood. The emulsion PVT
model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should be used
with caution.
The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable to provide the calculated
duty.
To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:
In the Select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.
In the case of motor driven PCP, motor and cable will have to be selected.
As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against the
expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
Before performing the design, data concerning the gas lift gas and the coiled tubing
equipment should be entered in the Coiled Tubing Data screen, accessible from the S
ystem menu:
The input data and the options to enter in this screen are exactly the same as for the
normal Gas Lift Design (design for a User Entered Rate, or for Maximum Production,
etc).
Please refer to the Gas Lift Design section for a detailed explanation.
To perform the Design, select Continue. This will access a screen similar to the Gas Lift
Design:
In the case of the figure above, select Get Rate to calculate the Gas Lift Performance
Curve and then Design to perform the design.
The program will determine the maximum injection depth, the rate produced and the gas
to inject.
In the main Jet Pump Design screen the design parameters can be entered:
Design Procedure
The design of a Jet Pump installation using PROSPER is divided into two phases. One
is where the head and power requirement calculations are made and the second part is
where on basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.
The following description assumes that inputs of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.
Clicking on Calculate the program calculates the pump duty necessary to achieve the
design production rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution, as shown in the
figure above.
PROSPER uses the IPR from System Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face and the specified VLP correlation to find the
pump intake pressure for the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
According to the Surface Fluid (the Power Fluid) Injection Rate and Injection
Pressure, the program will determine R (ratio between the areas of the nozzle
and of the throat), the diameter of the throat and the diameter of the nozzle
Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT
section, then the emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP
calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion
The next step is to select the pump suitable to provide the calculated duty.
To do so, select Design: the program will display a pump design screen similar to that
shown below:
Select a pump from the database whose Actual performance (in green in the figure
above) is close to the Desired performance.
As seen for ESP, HSP and PCP installations, the Jet Pump design should be checked
by performing sensitivities in System Calculation, in order to verify the design against
the expected change of conditions along the life of the well.
2.10.8.1Background
General hints
Working principle:
A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to a
counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then connected
to the walking beam.
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is opened
and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing above the
plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is opened,
letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in the tubing in
the previous step is pushed towards the surface.
It is possible to monitor the pump performance by measuring the variation of the rod
load against the position of the rod itself by means of a dynamometer.
The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.
The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the ideal
case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:
- Point A: the plunger is in the lowest point. This is the starting point of the upstroke
- A-B: The traveling valve closes and the standing valve opens. As this is an ideal case,
the total load of the fluid above the plunger is taken over by the sucker rod
- B-C: The plunger travels all the way to the highest point the distance between points B
and C represents the stroke length
- C-D: The traveling valve opens and the standing valve closes. This is the starting point
of the downstroke. The rod unloads
- D-A: The plunger travels back to the lowest point of the stroke A
Details about the use of dynamometers cards for pump performance diagnostics can
be found in the references reported in Appendix A.
Design
The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that
consists of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak polished
rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod horsepower,
counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card and
torque chart
2 u(x, t) 2
2 u(x, t) u(x, t)
= a - c +g
t 2 x 2 t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix A).
The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.
These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
Also, along with the design, a series of diagnostic plots (the Dynamometer card, the
Torque and Rod Speed plot) are provided, which can be used to verify the actual pump
operating regime and in the case troubleshoot the design itself.
1. Enter design input parameters (PVT, pump data, design input data)
2. Perform the design
3. Perform Rod Sensitivity
PVT Data
These are the PVT data for the fluid
Calculation Mode
This option allows to select the design mode:
- Enter Stroke Rate, calculate Production Rate
- Enter Production Rate, calculate Stroke Rate
Service Factor
- Non-Corrosive
- Salt Water
- Hydrogen Sulphide
Allows to select the method used to calculate the pump intake pressure:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
Design Input
These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and
bottomhole temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies,
pump position)
The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod load,
torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and Pump
velocity are reported.
The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements of
the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the cross-sectional
area of the top rod. The API RP11BR discusses the Modified Goodman Diagram
and its construction.
PROSPER is painting in red those parameters if they exceed 100% and there are
basically 2 ways of lowering those values below 100%, 1 is to increase the area of the
sucker rods, 2 is to reduce the peak load.
The Chart can be plotted in form of bars or pie and different visualisations are available:
Production Rate by Rod Type
HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
The last option allows to create back-ups of the database in format .GLD, which can be
recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the Import button.
the data to enter are: manufacturer, valve type, Type, Specification, Port size, R value.
The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to run
the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User must
first ensure that the database contains current and accurate valve
characteristics.
2.10.9.2ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Selecting a pump and then Plot, the performance curve of the pump is plotted:
Click Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency for plotting.
Next step is to enter the performance data for head and power as per manufacturers
performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so, select Head Coefficients
and HP Coefficients and enter the data:
Then Fit to regress and calculate the polynomial coefficients, then Done to go back to
the previous panel. The coefficients have been transferred:
Enter the data and fit the polynomials by selecting the buttons NamePlate AMPS,
Speed, Efficiency and Power Factor. Use Fit to determine the polynomial coefficients.
On the right hand side of the screen above (Power Options) enter the different Power,
Voltage and Current the motor is compatible with.
2.10.9.3HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and turbines.
The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting Add in the Turbine Settings area. The
steps to enter the performance data and fit them to a polynomial are the same as seen
in the ESP section. Refer to that section for details.
2.10.9.4PCP Database
The PCP Database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot displays the Pump performance curve:
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
515 PROSPER
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
Clicking on Plot, the performance curves of the pump are displayed:
The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.
It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.
As far as motor and cables are concerned, please refer to the ESP section for details.
2.11 Output
The Output menu is used to report, export and plot input data entered into PROSPER
and the results generated by the various calculation options in the program:
Report
This option generates reports about input data and results
Export
This option transfers input data and results to different locations (printer,
spreadsheets, screen, etc.)
Plot
This option generates plots for input data and results
These functions are available also in any of the input/output screens of the program.
2.11.1 Report
The Report option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with the
system and how to customise these templates.
In the File tab screen initialise the data relevant to the reporting system. Enter the
Location Of Report Output Files. This is the default directory where reports printed to
file are to be placed. Also enter the Location Of User-Created Reports. This is the
path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be stored.
2.11.1.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the User complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the
use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It is
possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or to
choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected templates can
then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a variety of places
(printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a hierarchy and all
templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show an X in the check-
box beside the template name.
To access the Reports area, select OutputReports form the menu toolbar.
There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the User to change any template whereas User mode allows
creating new User-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing
system report template and also allows editing an existing User-defined report
template. Selecting User mode also makes the User Reports section of the template
hierarchy visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which have
been tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any free
standing User-defined templates.
The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at the
top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the output
device selection group and the template type selection group. The output device group
is only used when printing from selected report templates.
OK Print the selected reports to the selected output device and terminate the dialogue
Cancel Terminate the dialogue
Help Bring up the on-line help window
Setup Select a printer
User Switches between System and User edit mode, This shows or hides the User Reports
section of the report hierarchy and enables or disables the Create and Edit buttons. If
in User mode this button shows the text System and vice-versa.
View View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This brings up a file selection box
for choosing the appropriate report and passes this file name to the Report Executor
Print Print the selected reports to the selected output device
Create Create a new user report (only visible in User edit mode)
Edit Edit an existing user report template or create a new template from a system template
(only visible in User edit mode)
Group Allows the grouping of report templates references and the storing of the group
information in a file for later recall. This allows batch printing of reports for any analysis
The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the RTF
format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When printing to
file the User will be presented with the following dialogue:
The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this can
be achieved by using the Browse button (button that shown on the right side of the
filename box) associated with each report. The filenames can themselves be edited in
the text box, which contains them.
For any given report in the system hierarchy the User can choose to view or print a
report using either the system report template provided or a User-defined report
template based on that system report template (or at least that position in the hierarchy)
or it is possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a combination
of User and system reports. Choose between these options using the report template
type selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the User report template
option for any hierarchy position is selected and there are multiple User-defined report
templates for that position, then a dialogue appears which allows selecting the desired
template.
Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing Ok) will cause
it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for the current
reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report template. It is
possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated with that
hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not actually delete
the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports section of the hierarchy).
If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the User can select
the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the group
will appear checked in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for all of these
reports to be sent to the selected output device.
Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then appear
as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be roughly
positioned in this way. The User is not limited to one pass at adding data items to the
report template. More items can be added at any time in the same manner.
Once a field has been added to the report template the User can edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to the
field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu options, a
full description of which are given below.
The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or keyboard
shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the menu item and
then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics under the help menu.
File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and specifying
the report template parameters.
Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file is
not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is not
provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a file
with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the previous file
with a backup extension (.RE).
Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template to a
new file name.
Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to instruct
the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels and invoices
and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified here will be
enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and any date constant
used in expressions.
Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be tested
with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression evaluates
to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100, then only the
records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.
Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a set
of printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation,
resolution, etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of the
report.
Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.
Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.
Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.
Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.
Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.
Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be justified
on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or vertically. This
option is valid for the label and field type items only.
Item Outlines:
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for
one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be
specified too.
Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected items.
Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more than
one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and then moves
the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to the selection
rectangle does not change.
Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section is
being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items within the
section are also deleted.
Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection dialogue
box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use this dialogue
box to specify the selections.
Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is turned
on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location. This option
also allows setting the grid width.
Report Size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical direction
by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.
Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the items A
and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired space
between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To move
the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select
this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of the items B
and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items
to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical
placement between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item between
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired
space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To
move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle below the item A and
select this option. The height of the selection rectangle specifies the downward
movement of items B and C (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include
all items to be moved). All items below the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The User can use this
function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C toward left,
create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The width of the
selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the
right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical
spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.
Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function to
bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection
rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the selection
rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.
Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.
Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report
template. This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression. The
field expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system fields,
dialogue fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of the
execution of the field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use
the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template. This
option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from. When
selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to
position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can
be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.
Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template. A
dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before using
this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the User for data during the report
execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field,
the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed using
the Edit Current Field Option.
Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.
Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.
Modify: This option is used to modify the User prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields are
presented to the User for data input.
Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table. The
User cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.
Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.
New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the section
banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three basic types of
sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or changes only when
a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction record fields. A footer
section is used to display totals and summary information. ReportEase allows up to 9
header and footer sections. A higher numbered header section is allowed only when all
the lower numbered headers are already selected. Similarly, a footer section is allowed
only when the corresponding header section is already selected.
Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the User can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.
Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field is
used to sort the data records.
Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the sort
field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.
Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence. However,
if the User wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can enter this
condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a logical value
(TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be printed only if the
expression evaluates to a TRUE value.
Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:
Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line size
can be changed using the sizing tabs.
Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.
Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:
Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle
and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the positioning
rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label item. The label
text can be edited in the editing window.
Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the User inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally, the
form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely enclose the
new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the User manually resizes
the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be used to enclose the
text in an item box larger than the default size.
Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:
Alignment At:
Even Spacing:
Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two leftmost
items.
Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.
Even Sizing:
Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.
Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.
Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View option
from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box. The file
selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter extension set
to the correct file type (.FR).
2.11.2 Export
An export can be made either directly from the individual sections of the program, or
from the Output | Export menu option. This section describes how to customise exports.
2.11.2.1Export Setup
Use the main menu Output | Export option to export data from a current analysis, or from
a previously saved .OUT file. When clicking Export a series of screens leads the User
through the process of selecting the data required for the export. To include a section of
data, click the check box to the left of a particular item and, depending on the selection,
further input screens will be presented. This process ensures that only relevant sections
are exported. A sample export dialogue box is shown below:
After entering the choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box. The
User must then select a destination for the export data. Clicking Print initiates
generation of the data and sends it to the selected destination. Setup accesses a
screen for selecting fonts, margins etc. as in the Plot menu (Section 12.1). The font
selections made for export data are independent of the plotting fonts.
File - Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print displays a dialogue
box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a suitable file name (
PROSPER automatically appends a .PRN extension) and click OK to save the
file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a printer ready format that can be
imported into a DOS based word processor. Use the Tab Delimited format to
save a file suitable for importing directly into a spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard - Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, the User can view, edit and
paste the data directly into another Windows application. e.g. a word processing
program.
Screen - Clicking Print after selecting this option allows viewing the
exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the scrolling thumbs or
arrows. When finished viewing, click OK to return to the main menu.
Once a .PRN file has been saved, further copies of the exported data can be made
using a word processor from outside PROSPER. To ensure that printed exports are
correctly formatted, only non-Proportional fonts can be selected for export data. The
fonts on the export setup screen are independent of those selected on the plot setup
screen.
Click the Layout button on the calculation results screen and select the variables to
display from the layout screen:
Show All and Hide All buttons are used to make changes to the entire list of variables.
Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them directly. When
clicking OK, only the selected variables will be displayed on the calculation screen.
In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Output Export (to file, clipboard, and printer).
2.11.3 Plot
A plot can be made either directly from individual parts of the program, or from the
Output | Plot menu option. This section describes how to customise plots for both the
screen and hard copy. From the Plot Output main Window select the plot to view by
highlighting it in the list of available plots and then press the Plot button or simply
double-clicking on the appropriate plot
Zooming
Plots can be zoomed in simply by placing the mouse pointer (which changes to a pair of
cross hairs over the active plot area) at the corner of the region to enlarge, and then
dragging until the area of interest is enclosed by the zoom box. Release the mouse
button and the outlined area will be zoomed to fill the entire plot area.
Scales
PROSPER normally picks appropriate scales to display the data. Use Scales to enter
custom upper and lower limits for both X- and Y- scales. To display round numbers on
the intermediate grid lines, ensure that the span of the upper and lower plot limits fits
evenly with the number of plot blocks set in the Options menu.
Replot
Re-plots the graph using the original scales. Use this option to un-zoom a plot.
Output
Selects the output options menu. Plots can be output to the Windows clipboard, a
Windows metafile or a hard copy device in colour, grey scale or monochrome formats.
Plots can then be pasted directly from the clipboard into other Windows applications
such as a word processor. Windows metafiles can be saved and read by a variety of
applications. If hard copy is selected, the following hard copy options screen will
appear:
Select the desired plot options and click Print to output the plot. Depending on the actual
hard copy device connected, the User may need to experiment with font styles and
sizes. Note that some fonts cannot be rotated, and are unsuitable as a Vertical font. If Y-
axis labels are being plotted horizontally, try a different font selection. Return to the plot
menu by clicking OK.
Colours
This option enables to customise the colour of any item on the plot. Note that laser
printers and monochrome monitors will often produce better results if colour plotting is
disabled. A sample colour customising screen is shown below:
Options
The Options button enables to customise the overall appearance of the plot screen and
select font type and size etc. A sample options screen is shown below:
Some plots include a results box on the screen. If the default position of the box
interferes with the plot, it can be moved by holding down the Shift key and using the
mouse to drag it to another location. The fonts selected on the Plot options screen apply
only to plots. The export data fonts are set up on a separate screen.
Variables
Use this button to select variables for plotting. The variables available change according
to the type of calculations that have been completed and the particular plot type that has
been selected. Where applicable, extended plot variables can be selected.
T est Data
Clicking Test data displays a screen in which the User can enter up to 10 measured
data pairs. Once the test data has been entered, it can be displayed together with the
calculated data when the plot is re-drawn. If the current .OUT file is subsequently saved,
the test data will also be saved and will appear on subsequent plots.
Help
Accesses the on-line Help system. See Section 14 for more details of the Help system.
2.12 Units
This chapter describes the system of units. The built in flexibility of the units system
enables the User to select any variable and define the unit of measurement to be used.
This feature allows to modify the units system so that it corresponds to data reports
supplied by a service company or customise the units system to suit the Users own
personal preferences.
PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted back
to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the different
categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results in the units
required by company policy.
The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and apply
to all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows to create
a custom units system.
The Units Summary screen is contains the list of parameters and their units options:
Unit selections
Select the units for the input and output of the variables
Validation
Used to set up the error checking limits for each selected input variable.
Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
details of each particular variable.
2.12.1.1Unit Systems
The User can change the units system form tool bar menu
To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the new
Units System. This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file. Custom
unit sets can be erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the unwanted units
system. The ability to have separate input and output unit systems allows the User to
work with familiar units and to create reports or export data in any required unit system.
PROSPER calculates them internally in Oilfield Units. To validate unit conversion
factors, click the button located to the right of the particular variable and the multiplier
and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.
Clicking Report Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.
If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER session,
the changes will be written into the .SIN file when the input data are saved. Irrespective
of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN file will cause
PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled .SIN file. To permanently impose a
new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file (or use one of the internal
unit sets) and then save the .SIN file. The new units settings will be used whenever the .
SIN file is loaded.
2.12.1.4Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the User can change the validation
limits if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.
Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required changes
in the low and high validation limit boxes. Enter the custom validation limits in the units
currently in use. To permanently attach the new validation limits to a custom units
system, click Save before leaving the validation screen by clicking OK.
Input and Output units can be selected from this screen. Validation limits can be
entered for the selected units. The Options panel enables to set the number of decimal
2.13 Wizard
This feature allows the User to set up models and perform certain tasks following a pre-
defined sequence.
The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced Users, as it allows to easily
set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the input
screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the User for the required
information. In this way the User will familiarize with PROSPER windows as well as with
the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.
In order to run wizard examples follow first of all select Wizard from the main menu
toolbar:
Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to run it.
All that the User has to do is to follow the instructions that time to time are displayed and
complete the input screens with the required data.
To modify an existing wizard select Edit. This will access the wizard script window:
To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.
The script consists of a series of VB commands using OpenServer strings to set the
values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.
On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which provides
immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows selecting the
desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the script window
below.
2.13.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying each
of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:
DoCmd(PROSPER.MENU.<tag>)
If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER options.
DoCmd(PROSPER.PLOT.<number>)
If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.
2.13.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a few Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead step-by-step the User through the screens in order to build typical
models.
The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build their
own scripts.
Recommendation
Petroleum Experts recommends to set up the models according to the worked
examples shown in the Examples Guide. This will allow the User to have a better
understanding of the physics that is behind the software and the importance of the
matching process.
2.14 Help
PROSPER has an on-line Help facility which enables the User to get information quickly
about a menu option, input field or function command. This facility enables to display
instructions for completing a particular task or input field without exiting from the current
screen. The help windows offer a list of topics which not only include definitions and
functions specific to PROSPER, but details on using some features of Windows as well.
To use the PROSPER on-line help system, the help file must be located in the same
directory as the program. If the User is new to Windows, information on using the Help
system can be made available when selecting the Help option in the PROSPER main
menu and choosing 'Using Help'. This will display a help screen from which the
information required can be selected from a list of topics.
The Help facility has function buttons located at the top of the windows, which can be
used to navigate within the help system. If a particular feature is not currently available,
the button associated with that function is dimmed. Information on specific help topics
may lead to other related topics. Some words in the Help windows are marked with a
solid underline and appear in colour (green) if the User uses a colour screen.
These words are called jump terms and can be used to move around Help more quickly.
When clicking a jump term, Help will move directly to the topic associated with the
underlined word(s).
Click Help / Flow Correlations to access a detailed generalized discussion about the
history and reasons behind flow correlations and issues that relate to their use in
PROSPER.
If the User need to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and creation date shown on this screen available should it be
required.
Web Home Page. This option accesses the Petroleum Experts website www.
petroleumexperts.com
Web User Area. This options accesses a dedicated area of the Petroleum Experts
website containing technical information about the IPM Suite and news about the new
developments
Technical Support. This option accesses the section of the Petroleum Experts
website on which it is possible to post technical support requests to the Petroleum
Experts Technical Support Service
2.15 Appendix
2.15.1 A - References
2.15.1.1PVT Calculations
1 Sutton, R.P. & 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT Properties SPE Reservoir Engineering,
Farshad, F.F. for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, Lasater, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
2 Beal, C. 'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165, 94-
Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
3 Beggs, H.D. & 'Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,' JPT (Sept. 1975), 1140-1144.
Robinson, J.
R.
4 Carr, N.L., et 'Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Pressure,' Trans., AIME (1954), 264-268.
al
5 Eilerts et al 'Phase Relations of Gas Condensate Fluids,' Monograph 10, U.S. Bureau of
Mines, Washington D.C.
(1957).
6 Brinkman, F. 'Equilibrium Ratios for Reservoir Studies', SPE (Nov. 1959), SPE reprint
H. & Sicking, series No. 15, 240-246.
J.N.
7 Katz, D. & 'Retrograde Condensation', Ind. Eng. Chem. (June, 1940)
Kurata, F. 32, No. 6, 817-827.
8 Katz, D., 'Surface Tension of Crude Oils Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,' 285-294.
Trainer, R.
9 Lee, et al 'The Viscosity of Natural Gases' Trans., AIME (1966), 997-
1002.
1 Lohrenz et al 'Calculating Viscosities of Reservoir Fluids From JPT (Oct. 1964), 1171-1176.
0 Their Compositions'
1 Coats, K.H. 'An Equation of State Compositional Model' SPE 8284 SPE ATCE, Las
1 Vegas, Nevada, Sept. 23-26,
1979.
1 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of State' SPE 9306 SPE ATCE,
2 Fong, D.K. & Dallas, Texas, Sept. 21-24,
Aziz, K. 1980.
1 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting Nitrogen- SPE 18871 SPE POS,
3 & Eads, P.T. Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at High Ok lahoma City, March 13-14,
Pressures and Temperatures' 1988.
1 Peng, D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State' I.&E.C. Fundamentals (1976)
4 and 15, No.1, 59-64.
Robinson, D.
B.
1 Bradley et al 'Effect Of Pressure On The Viscosity Of Water' Petroleum Engineering
5 Handbook . SPE 1987
1 Bukacek, 'Equilibrium Moisture Content Of Natural Gases' Research Bulletin Vol 8,
6 Richard F. Institute of Gas Technology,
Chicago USA, 1955.
1 Muhammad "PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils" JPT (May 1988), 650-666
7 All Al-
Marhoun
1 E. O. "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Correlation Journal of Petroleum Science
8 Egbogah & J. For Crude Oil Systems" and Engineering, 5, (1990),
T. Ng 197-200
The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).
The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and therefore this should not be used to
model CO2 Injection.
The dry-wet gas model in PROSPER assumes that the condensate drops out at the
separator assuming single phase (gas) in the tubing. (Besides any possible water
produced which will give two-phase flow).
The objective is to obtain the properties of the Well stream gas from the separated gas,
tank vented gas and condensate. (Please see next diagram).
The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition
of the gas separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are
recombined to get the well stream composition and properties.
However most of time the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas
specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.
In those cases, correlations can be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the GE
(Gas equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent).
The VEQ or GE represents the volume of gas vented in the tank plus the volume in scf
that would be occupied by a barrel of stock-tank liquid if it were gas.
The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing
using the energy balance equation.
In fact from the diagram above we can see the separator pressure dependency, for
instance if the separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be zero, if the
separator pressure is higher then more gas will pass in solution with the liquid towards
the tank. So the separator pressure has an impact on GE.
1991, pp 983-985.
1 Papazatacos, P., 'Cone Breakthrough Time for SPE 19822 SPE ATCE,
2 Herring, T.R., Horizontal Wells' San Antonio, Texas, Oct.
Martinsen, R. & 8-11.
Skjaeveland, S.
M.
1 Cinco-Ley, H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For a SPE 6014 SPE ATCE,
3 Samanieogo, F. Well With a Finite-Conductivity New Orleans, Louisiana,
& Dominguez, N. vertical Fracture ' Oct 3-6 1976
1 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of SPE 7977 California
4 Cinco Ley, H Naturally Fractured Reservoirs' Regional Meeting SPE,
Ventura, California, April
1979
1 Wong, D., 'Application of the Pressure SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
5 Harrington, A. & Derivative Function in th Pressure Houston, Texas, Sept. 16-
Cinco Ley, H Transient testing of Fractured Wells' 19, 1984
1 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally Fractured SPE 426, SPEJ (Spet
6 Root, P.J. Reservoirs' 1963), 245-255
3. Beggs, H.D. and Brill, J.P.: A Study of Two Phase Flow in Inclined Pipe, JPT
6. Fortunati, Two Phase Flow Through Well-head Chokes, paper SPE 3742
presented at 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting, Amsterdam, May 17-18.
8. Mandhane et al, A Flow Pattern Map for Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal Pipes,
International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
9. Moody, Friction Factor for Pipe Flow, Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.
10. Mukherjee, H. and Brill, J.P.: Liquid Holdup Correlations for Inclined Two-
Phase Flow, JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.
11. Oranje, Condensate Behaviour in Gas Pipeline is Predictable, Oil and Gas
Journal (July 1973), 39-43.
12. Orkiszewski, Predicting Two Phase Pressure Drop in Vertical Pipes, JPT
(June 1967), 829-833.
13. Duns, H. Jr and Ros, N.C.J.: Vertical Flow of Gas and Liquid Mixtures in
Wells, Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963) 451.
14. Tansev, E. Startzman, R.A. and Cooper, A.M.: Predicting Pressure Loss and
Heat Transfer in Geothermal Wellbores, paper SPE 5584 presented at the
1975 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Dallas, Sept. 28-Oct. 1.
15. Gould, T.L, Tek, M.R. and Katz, D.L.: Two-Phase Flow Through Vertical,
Inclined, or Curved Pipe, JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
2.15.1.4Temperature Calculations
1Chiu, K. 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat Losses SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual
and in Directional Wells Under Fall Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9.
1Gibbs 'Predicting the Behavior of SPE 588 SPE Rocky Mountain Regional
S.G. Sucker-Rod Pumping Meeting, May 27-28, 1963, in Denver,
Systems' Colorado, 769-788.
2Schmid 'System Analysis for Sucker- SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8,
t Z., Rod Pumping' 1986, in New Orleans, Louisiana, 125-
Doty D. 130.
R.
3Gibbs 'Computer Diagnosis of SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting,
S.G., Down-Hole Conditions in October 3-6, 1965, in Denver, Colorado,
Neely A. Sucker Rod Pumping Wells' 91-98.
B.
4Patton 'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional
L.D. Analyzing Pumping Well Meeting, October 26-27, 1967, in Los
Performance' Angeles, California, 243-249.
5Jenning 'Design of Sucker-Rod Pump SPE 20152 Petroleum Technology in the
s J.W. Systems' Second Century, October 16-19, 1989, in
Socorro, New Mexico, 77-87.
6Gibbs 'A Review of Methods for SPE 9980, December 1982, 2931-2942.
S.G. Design and Analysis of Rod
Pumping Installations'
7Gabor 'Gas Lift Manual" Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs 2005
8Gabor 'Sucker-Rod Pumping Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Oklahoma
Takacs Manual' 2003
2.15.2 B - Equations
2.15.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate
PSEP
TSEP
ggtot TANK
g gsep g gtnk
GOR sep GOR tnk
Known Parameters:
This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which has
a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a gas
gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of c and
molecular weight of Mc.
This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a mixture
gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following equation.
Based on this formulation based on the separator gas gravity and the average total gas
gravity, the effective CGR vaporised in separator gas is estimated as follows
g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g c - 132904 g g sep g c /M c
Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under reservoir
conditions is,
1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk
At Separator Conditions:
g g sep - g g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 g csc - 132904 g g sep g csc /M c
NOTE:
ggt > ggsep CGRsep negative
where
Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin = F (Pdewpoint )
comp
f
P 1
Pdew
f is from maximum liquid dropout or mix condensate in solution.
2
P
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f
7.08
f = 0.15 + + 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
(From Eilerts et al)
Bg
CGR min = CGR res - Lmax
561 .5 Bo
Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.
Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin from the following equation
=
CGR res - Lmax B g
CGR min
561 .5 Bo
k P
q o = 2prh o *
m o r
k g P
q g = 2prh *
m r
g
k P
q w = 2prh w *
m
w r
Total Mass Flow Rate:
k kg k P
m r = 2prh r o o + r g + rw w
mo mg mw r
Change of Mass Flow Rate Across Annulus:
m r
ko kg k P
= 2ph r r o + rg + rw w
r r mo mg mw r
......................1
ko kg k P
r
r
or + r + rw w = rf
r mo
g
mg mw r t
1 and 2 .....................
3
By Definition:
Equation 3 becomes:
ro rg r w P
_
P
r k o + kg + kw = rf r c
r mo mg
m w r t
To Linearise this Equation:
p
r
m( p ) = r o k o + k g g + k w r w P
0 m o mg m w
p
k k g mo k m
= o ro + r g + w o r w P
0
m o ko m g ko m w
p
k qg q
= o r o + r g + w r w P
0
mo qo qo
p
k GOR out B g WOR out Bw
= o r o + rg + r w P
0
mo Bo Bo
Combining we get:
m( p ) rf r c m o m( p )
r ko = *
r r F t
Where
2 m( p ) 1 m( p ) _
m o m( p )
2
+ = f c
r r r Bo t
So ro + S g r g + S w r w
C = c
F
For Condensates:
2 m( p ) 1 m( p ) m g m( p )
+ = f c
r 2 r r kg t
So ro + S g rg + S w r w
C=c
Fg
Bo CGR out B WGR
Fg = ro + r g + w rw
Bg Bg
2.15.2.3Temperature Models
Where:
Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1
T1 = Fluid temperature at entry
This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole pipe work This should
not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe. The overall
heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe, annulus (in a well)
and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried flowlines can have heat transfer coefficients as
low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/F/ft2) whereas uninsulated, unburied flowlines can be higher than
100. Typical values for individual flowlines are :-
The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange in
the Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface Equipment
section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is the
one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas Tree
downward).
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout the
model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also the
VLP matching itself.
During the VLP/IPR matching process the U value can be tuned in order to match the
observed temperature profile (using the feature Estimate U value in the VLP/IPR
matching screen).
As rule of thumb we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:
In terms of Enthalpy
this is written:
In other terms:
If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The enthalpy
term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and phase
changes.
The algorithm commences by calculating the
enthalpy at the known pressure and
temperature of the first calculation node. i.e.
H1 at (T1,P1)
Where
dt
P2 = P1 - GDL ; T2 = T1 - DL
dz
to give the first estimate of H2
The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh does not
equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy Balance method
solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature and pressure. The
solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe increment is therefore the value
of T2 when the iteration has converged.
The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.
The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid and
the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer coefficient
and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature Te. The
temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time and the thermal
diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts for localised heating
(or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.
Where: is the temperature difference between the fluid and the formation at
infinity.
is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well
fluids in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation
The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:
This integral poses numerical problems as u0 and is slow. This equation is evaluated
for very early times only.
For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the exact
solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:
This formulation approximates the exact solution with less than 1% error. (From Kwan-
Chu and Subash Thakur).
is the overall heat transfer coefficient.
The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the pipe
and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.
Conduction
Forced Convection
Free Convection
and Radiation
Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:
i.e.
mixture Prandtl number
H2
H1
rti H1 P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco
rcem
Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find the
total conductivity term .
Specific
Cp Conductivity
Gravity
BTU/lb/
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
deg F
Sandstone 0.183 1.06 2.64
Shale 0.224 0.7 2.4
Limestone 0.202 0.54 2.71
Dolomite 0.219 1.0 2.87
Halite 0.219 2.8 2.17
Anhydrite 0.265 0.75 2.96
Gypsum 0.259 0.75 2.32
Lignite 0.3 2.0 1.5
Volcanics 0.2 1.6 2.65
Cp Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
F
Water (Low
1.0 0.35
salinity)
Water (High
1.02 0.345
Salinity)
Heavy Oil 1.04 0.34
Medium Oil 0.49 0.083
Light Oil 0.5 0.0815
Gas 0.26 0.0215
The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.
Downhole Equipment
Conduction
Heat Transfer Emmissivity
Coefficient
BTU/ft/hr/deg F
Mild Steel Tubing 26 0.65
Plactic Coated
20 0.65
Tubing
Stainless Steel
18 0.4
(13% )
Stainless Steel
15 0.3
(15% )
Line Pipe 27 0.9
Plactic Coated Pipe 20 0.9
Flexible 0.3 0.95
Bitumen 0.6 0.95
Foam 0.02 0.8
Concrete 0.1 0.9
2.15.2.4Choke Calculation
From Bernoulli:
In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions, the
choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.
Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.
- For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.
- To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.
- Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for the various
flow regimes we use the following:
2.15.4.1Introduction
This appendix contains examples of some file formats used by PROSPER. For further
details and advice regarding interfacing PROSPER with other applications, please
contact Petroleum Experts Limited customer support.
PROSPER can directly import proprietary PVT table files generated by Petroleum Experts
PVT Package. The following file format description can be followed to re-format PVT
tables obtained from other sources.
*
* UNITS for the imported PVT variables must be defined in
field units
*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N - Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP - Table Bubble Point Pressure (Dew Point for
condensate)
1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46 2000
1.31 454 .98 47 2010
1.41 455 .97 49 2020
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56 3000
2.31 554 .88 57 3010
2.41 555 .87 59 3020
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76 4000
3.31 654 .78 77 4010
3.41 655 .77 79 4020
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86 5000
4.31 754 .68 87 5010
4.41 755 .67 89 5020
5 3 500 1800
5.21 853 .59 96 6000
5.31 854 .58 97 6010
5.41 855 .57 99 6020
Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported the
PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.
2.15.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:
0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /
1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /
2.15.4.4IPR
*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
The format is pressure, rate, curve value
*
The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
*Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first
* column are ignored.
*
0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000
5000 0 1000
*
* Next curve
*
0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000
2.15.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************
2.15.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer
Reda
2 3450. 60.0
*Series OD
456 4.56
*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01 3.43896E-01
*
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02
3.58291E+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00 1.91886E-
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00 2.49609E-
01 *
*Series OD
540 5.4
*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-01
*
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02
3.58175E+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E-
01 *
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E-
01 *
2.15.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26 115
#2 Copper
0.33 95
#4 Copper
0.53 70
#6 Copper
0.84 55
#8 Copper
1.32 50
#10 Copper
2.08 50
#12 Copper
3.32 50
#1 Aluminium
0.33 95
#2 Aluminium
0.53 70
#4 Aluminium
0.84 55
#6 Aluminium
1.32 50
#8 Aluminium
2.08 50
#10 Aluminium
3.32 50
2.15.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S* =================
========= =============== =========
****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************
2.15.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1***************** ** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed (rpm)
15000.0
* Number of Settings
4
2.15.5 E - Glossary
Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Geothermal Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One example: 1.8
Gradient degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some gas to
come out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the ratio of the
volume of gas that comes out of solution, to the volume of oil. A
point to check is whether the volume of oil is measured before or
after the gas comes out of solution, since the oil volume will shrink
when the gas comes out. In fact gas dissolution and oil volume
shrinkage will happen at many stages during the path of the
GOR hydrocarbon stream from reservoir through the wellbore and
processing plant to export. For light oils and rich gas condensates
the ultimate GOR of export streams is strongly influenced by the
efficiency with which the processing plant strips liquids from the gas
phase. Reported GORs may be calculated from export volumes
which may not be at standard conditions.Can refer to solution GOR
or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas production). See GOR
Definitions
Injection Gas Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not to be
confused with gas lift injection.
Internal Energy The energy which a substance possesses because of the motion
and configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub atomic particles.
Isentropic A process during which there is no heat added to or removed from
Process the system.
(Adiabatic)
Isothermal A process during which there is no change in temperature.
Process
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a process
in which the temperature of a real gas is either decreased or
increased by letting the gas expand freely at constant enthalpy
(which means that no heat is transferred to or from the gas, and no
external work is extracted). It's named after James Prescott Joule
and William Thomson, 1st Baron Kelvin who established the
effect in 1852 following earlier work by Joule on Joule expansion
in which a gas expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume of a
Joule- gas is simply described by the various gas laws. When volume is
Thomson increased in an irreversible process, the gas laws do not uniquely
Coefficient determine what happens to the pressure and temperature of the
gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion, in which the gas does
positive work in the process of expansion, always causes a
decrease in temperature. However, when a real gas (as
differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely at constant
enthalpy, the temperature may either decrease or increase,
depending on the initial temperature and pressure. For any given
pressure, a real gas has a Joule-Thomson (Kelvin) inversion
temperature, above which expansion at constant enthalpy causes
It should be noted that is always equal to zero for ideal gases (i.e.,
they will neither heat nor cool upon being expanded at constant
enthalpy).
Produced Gas/ Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in solution
Oil Ratio and any free gas production. Excludes lift gas returned to surface
with the produced fluids.
Productivity Measure of a well's ability to flow. Expressed in bbl/psi (Sm3/day /
Index (PI) Bar) of drawdown. Applies above the bubble point.
Saturated Oil Oil in equilibrium with its vapour at a specified temperature and
pressure.
Saturated The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed volume
Vapour containing a liquid and a vapour from that liquid after equilibrium
conditions have been reached. It is dependent only on temperature
Pressure
and must be determined experimentally.
Saturation Pressure at which vapor and liquid are in equilibrium. For oils,
Pressure equivalent to bubble point.. For condensates, the dew point.
Decrease in volume of oil from reservoir conditions to the stock
Shrinkage tank. Shrinkage occurs as oil gives up solution gas and
temperature drops.
Shrinkage Reciprocal of Formation Volume Factor.
Factor
Solution Gas Gas dissolved in oil at elevated pressure and temperature.
Solution Gas Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation
Oil Ratio (Rs) pressure (scf/STB, Sm3/Sm3). See GOR Definitions
Specific Gravity Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For gases,
(Liquid) ratio of gas density to that of air at standard conditions.
Ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air, both
Specific Gravity measured at the same specific conditions of pressure and
(Gas) temperature. These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA and 60F, or
1 barA and 0C.
Specific Heat The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be
or Heat measured at constant pressure or at constant volume. The values
Capacity are different and are known as Cp and Cv, respectively.
Specific The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as cubic feet
Volume per pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic centimeters per
gram).
Static Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built up.
Reservoir
Pressure
STB Stock Tank Barrel.
Stock Tank Oil Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of temperature and
pressure.
Water Cut Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water Rate) / (Oil
Rate + Water Rate)
Water Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1 stock
Formation tank unit of water.
Volume Factor
(Bw)
Water / Oil Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank conditions)
Ratio (WOR)
Wet Gas Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the constituents is at
its saturated vapour pressure. The constituent at saturation
pressure may or may not be water vapour.
Work The energy transition and defined as force times distance. Work
cannot be done unless there is motion.
It is assumed that the data to be imported is saved in a text file. It is also assumed that
the data is imported for the tables in PVT section of PROSPER. The technique can
however be applied at any place where data import is required to be done.
1) After clicking on the Import tab, select the particular text file where the data is
saved on screen 2) below.
2)
3) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen (4)
shown below.
4)
5) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following
example is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to see the next
screen (7) below.
6)
7)
8) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked by
the column number that is appended to the field name.
9) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to the
input data.
10) The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.
11)
12) By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding
columns in the tables.
13)
3
Examples Guide 606
3 Examples Guide
This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:
Integrated well bore models
Basic Tutorials for naturally flowing wells,
Sand control tutorials
Compositional modelling tutorials
Well test matching tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials about trouble-shooting artificially lifted wells
Tutorials on pipeline modeling and flow assurance studies.
Tutorials on special topics
Special topics
This integrated well modeling tutorial combines existing data with consistent
engineering assumptions to develop a solid well bore model using PROSPER. The
developed well bore model is then used to simulate the performance of the well under
possible future operating conditions with different GOR, water cut and reservoir
pressure. For this, sensitivity runs are performed with different GOR, water cut and
reservoir pressure. The approach can be easily extended to any other possible
sensitivity variable: tubing size, skin, permeability, thickness and so on.
3.1.1.1 Objectives
This tutorial demonstrates how to analyse the performance of an offshore oil producing
well in an integrated fashion. In the process, the following questions are addressed:
- What are the basic data required to build a PROSPER model for a naturally flowing oil
well,
- How to match a black oil PVT against black oil correlations,
- How to tune the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of a well based
upon well test data
- How to quality-check raw well test data,
- Why and how to perform a correlation comparison,
- How to perform a Verrtical Lift Perfoamnce (VLP) matching,
- How to select a VLP correlation,
- How to model a highly deviated well,
- How to calibrate the well inflow with the well test data,
- How to validate a PROSPER well model against actual well test data,
- How to match multiple well tests,
- How to use the calibrated PROSPER model to predict the future performance of a
given well bore.
3.1.1.2 Statement of the Problem
A naturally flowing highly deviated oil producing well has been drilled and tested.
Extensive fluid and well test data are available.
It is required to develop a PROSPER model that is calibrated against PVT lab data and
well test data.
Once the model is built and calibrated, it will be used for sensitivity run.
3.1.1.3 General Approach
In this tutorial, the following road map will be followed:
a. Construct a PROSPER well model with a matched and validated PVT model
b. Analyse and match the well test data against the PROSPER model to obtain a
calibrated well bore model
c. Use the calibrated well bore model to simulate the performance of the well under
changing conditions: water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.
3.1.1.4 Available Data & Information
The data required for a well test analysis are:
- PVT data
- Reservoir Data
- Well Data: deviation survey, tubing, casing, and temperature data
- Actual production test data: stabilized phase rates, flowing temperatures and
pressures.
When building a PROSPER well model, there are in general two possible situations
to consider with respect to the PVT data. There can be a situation where enough
PVT data are available. The second contrasting situation arise when there is
If comprehensive black oil PVT data are available, then it is recommended to match
the PVT data to the black oil correlations.
The advantages of matching the black oil data to correlations are:
- The PVT matching process offers an opportunity to check the quality of the PVT
data themselves by analyzing the magnitude of the correction required to
reproduce the various PVT data: GOR, Oil FVF, Bubble point pressure and oil
viscosity.
- At the end of the PVT matching process, the most suitable black oil correlation for
the particular crude is selected and used for further calculations.
- Unlike PVT look-up tables, carefully matched black oil correlations may generally
be used for operating conditions beyond the values used for the PVT matching.
In the event no extensive PVT data or no reliable PVT data are available, the black
oil correlation may generally be used directly without any matching to start with.
The selection of the appropriate black oil correlation is a matter of engineering
judgment that is at the discretion of the project engineer. For details about the
published validity range of each black oil correlation in PROSPER, the relevant
references listed in the appendix A of this manual may be consulted.
It is strongly recommended to match the black oil correlations against lab
measurements as soon as a PVT report becomes available.
The purpose of each specific study determines the type of reservoir model to be
selected and consequently the parameters required.
In the absence of typical reservoir properties like permeability, net pay, skin and so
on, the simple Productivity Index (PI entry ) or its equivalent for gas (C & n) may
be used.
If extensive reservoir and skin parameters are available, then an alternative inflow
model that better fits the purpose of the study is to be considered.
The well equipment data like deviation survey, surface equipment, down hole
equipment and geothermal gradient are generally available from well bore
schematic and temperature logs.
The overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well bore can be either
computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test data.
When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat
transfer coefficients values may be considered as starting values:
It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test data
as soon as well test are available.
It is recommended to keep the default average heat capacities displayed in the
program under | System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities unaltered.
Note that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the absence of well
test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made based upon the
specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing relevant
experiences.
Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be
considered when no well test data are available for the simple reason that the
Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has so far consistently given
reasonable results in very diverse operating conditions.
However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to
verify the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts 2)
as soon as well test data become available.
PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching procedure that helps the
user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This consistent
VLP matching procedure will be described and applied later in this tutorial in the
sub-section "Well Test Analysis: Step by Step Procedure".
Surface Data
Note that the fluid properties may originate from a thermodynamic simulation (Constant
Mass Expansion with separator correction) using a compositional fluid calibration
package like PVTp.
3.1.1.4.2 Well Equipment Data (Tubing etc)
Deviation survey
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Geothermal Gradient
*Using the Wong-Clifford skin model, the deviation angle of the well well bore across
the reservoir is calculated based upon the user-entered perforation intervals in
Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
Select | PVT | Input Data and populate the PVT entry screen as follow:
Surface Data
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as shown
below:
PVT matching
For the PVT matching, select | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters and this is what
can be seen:
This screen shows the values of the Match Parameters (Parameter 1= multiplier and
Parameter 2 = shift) associated with each fluid property for all the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of fit.
Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind that the black oil correlations whose
parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. Parameter 1 close to 1.0 and Parameter 2 close
to 0.0) are the most suitable candidates as they represent possibly similar fluids to the
one being modelled.
The value of the Standard Deviation is also displayed. Generally, the lower the Standard
Deviation, the better the fit.
In the case at hand, the combination Glaso / Beal et al will be selected because they
require the least adjustment. For this, select | Done | Done and make sure that the black
oil correlations Glaso / Beal have been selected on the PVT- Input Data screen:
Select | Done and save the file to secure the data inputted into the PROSPER well bore
model.
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to start the well bore description with
the deviation survey:
Deviation survey
4112 4000
5845 5500
7800 7000
10135 8500
11135 9000 Top of perforation
The deviation survey is the reference for all subsequent depths inputs in the equipment
section.
Surface Equipment
This well model will not include pipelines downstream of the well head.
Therefore select | Cancel to skip this screen:
Simply point the cursor on the relevant cell within the column labeled "Type" underneath
the "Xmas Tree" to select the equipment type from a drop-down menu: tubing, SSSV,
Restriction or casing.
Geothermal Gradient
To visualize the well bore sketch, select | Summary | Draw Down Hole and the next
sketch is generated:
For the selection of the inflow performance model, select | System | Inflow Performance
and make the following choices:
Select the Input Data Tab in the top right corner to continue with the reservoir data
inputs:
Reservoir Permeability: 100 mD
Reservoir Thickness: 100 ft
Drainage area: 350 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore Radius: 0.354 ft
Select the | Mech / Geom Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to proceed with the skin
data entry:
Mechanical skin: 0
Enable Wong-Clifford: ON
Select the next tab "Dev / PP Skin" at the bottom of the screen to enter the parameters
required to computed the deviation and partial skin using the Wong-Clifford method:
In order to generate an Inflow curve, simply select | Calculate and the following IPR curve
is generated:
PROSPER well bore model) and actual measurements. The reconciliation process can
only be successful if the mathematical model and the actual measurements are both
reliable.
The various sequences followed so far to construct the PROSPER model have been
specifically designed to lead to a reliable, sound PROSPER well bore model.
The main purpose of the critical review of the raw well test data is to assess the validity
of each well test data before entering them into PROSPER.
A few of the questions to be addressed in the critical data review process are:
- How reliable is each reported measurement?
- How do the test data compare with historical trends?
- How does the produced GOR compares with the PVT model?
Let us critically review the well test data to be analysed in this tutorial:
Dates Comm WHF WHF Water Liquid Gauge Gas Oil Ratio
ent P T Cut Rate Pressure at
gauge depth
dd/mm/ psig degF % stb/d psig scf/stb
yyyy
01/01/20 Low 1000 150 25 6100 3655 1500
00 Rate
02/01/20 Medium 800 180 25 9800 3505 500
00 Rate
03/01/20 High 500 200 25 13450 3365 475
00 Rate
In order to enter the well test data, select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality
Check).
When analyzing multiple well tests, it is good practice to estimate the U-value for each
For, this select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following sub-screen is
shown:
For this, simply select the test by clicking on the corresponding row number.
Afterwards, select | Correlation Comparison | OK and then select the correlations Duns
and Ros Modified, Fancher-Brown, Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 5 for
instance:
Proceed with | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and the following plot is shown:
One can see that the test point is completely outside established physical boundaries.
The physical boundaries are defined by the Fancher-Brown correlation that neglects
slippage effects between the phases and consequently under-estimate the pressure
loss and the Duns and Ros Modified correlation that generally over-estimates pressure
drops in oil wells.
During the critical review of the well test data, it was suspected that the reported GOR
values were inconsistent.
Indeed, with a bubble point pressure of 3400 psig and a reservoir pressure of 4000
psig, the produced GOR must be equal to the solution GOR of 700 scf/stb.
Therefore we will go back and correct all GOR values to 700 scf/stb as show below:
After correcting the GOR, one can now re-estimate the U-value for each test. For this
simply select | Estimate U-value and the algorithm will estimate and display the U value
for each test. In the end, the average U-value is calculate and displayed:
We will select | Yes and | OK to transfer the averaged U-value for all 3 tests to the
geothermal gradient screen.
Based upon engineering judgment, one may very well not accept the averaged U-value
and use an alternative one.
Here are the correlation comparison plots obtained for each test:
Because the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation consistently reproduces each well test
with reasonable accuracy, this particular correlation will be selected for further analysis.
It is possible to match multiple well tests simultaneously in PROSPER. For this, one
simply need to keep all well tests enabled and the VLP matching algorithm will attempt
to match all enabled well tests simultaneously.
In the following, a better approach is applied: match one test and verify how the match
performs against non-matched well tests.
For this, return to the VLP/IPR matching screen, select the most reliable well test. The
choice of the most reliable well test is a matter of judgment that depends upon all the
circumstances surrounding the test. In this example, it will be assumed that the well test
with the highest flow rate is the more stable for the simple reason that it is more likely to
be stable, to be in the friction dominated region of the tubing performance curve.
To perform the match, select the "High Rate" well test (here on row number 3) and then
select | Match VLP as highlighted in the screen-shot below:
If no specific well test is selected, the VLP matching algorithm in PROSPER will match
all well tests simultaneously. A possible drawback of this approach is that possibly
invalid well tests may not be easily detected.
Note that the VLP correlation "Petroleum Experts 2" appears now appended with two
numbers: gravity multiplier and friction multiplier. Both numbers are equal to unity
suggesting that virtually no correction was required to match the well test.
Now select | Done to return to the previous screen.
To benchmark the VLP matching against the two other well tests, simply enable them
and then perform correlation comparisons for each well test in turn.
For this, enable the well tests, select each well test and then select | Correlation
Comparison | Ok | Calculate | Calculate | Plot.
This is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Low Rate Test":
And this is how the correlation comparison looks like for the "Medium Rate Test":
In both cases, one can see that the matched correlation reproduces very well the other
well tests.
This fact validates the suitability of the correlation for use in predictive mode.
In order to superimpose the IPR, return back to the VLP/IPR matching screen and then
select the task button VLP/IPR.
Please confirm the completion of the Calculation with | OK and the the screen is
populated with calculation results as shown below:
For each well test, actual test rate and simulated (solution) test rate are calculated and
displayed in th bottom right corner of the screen.
A graphical plot is generated when the button Plot is selected:
The plot above shows for each well test, the IPR, the VLP the test point and the
simulated solution.
In the right corner of the screen, one can see the statistical comparison between
measured test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure versus simulated rates and
pressures.
The largest error is less than 2% and can be considered as acceptable.
Now one can select | Main | File | Save to update the PROSPER model.
Parameters: Values
Well head flowing pressure (psig): 300
In order to perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3
Variables and make the following entries:
Select | Continue and choose the relevant sensitivity variables water cut and reservoir
pressure using the drop down menu:
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following graphical
representation is generated:
This plot shows the liquid rate as function of water cut for different reservoir pressures.
This completes this tutorial.
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial gas rate against a well head flowing pressure of 500 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on)
3.1.2.2 PVT Input Data
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.65 (Air =1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate gravity: 50 API
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
Afterwards, simply selects | Options | Options and make the following choices
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.65 (Air =1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S) None
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is used.
In order to proceed with this example, select | Done and the next screen labelled
Surface Equipment will follow.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.2.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description stops at the
top of the perforation. This is also true for a multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section can be accessed:
It will next be possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
If one then selects | Draw Down hole, this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to the question
"Do you want to overwrite this file?"
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 80 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 60 ft
Time since production: 0.1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.2
Connate water saturation: 0.2
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Note: Because the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D has been set to "Calculated", PROSPER
will automatically compute the Non-Darcy Flow Factor D. Otherwise, the User needs to
enter it.
From the screen above, select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of
the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +5
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.2.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in the model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
However, during the life of a well either of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows one to sensitize on WGR and CGR.
When sensitizing on the WGR and /or the CGR, PROSPER will use the new sensitivity
values for the calculations. It will no longer use the WGR and CGR values entered on the
IPR or the PVT screen. The same principle applies to any other sensitivity variables.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Here select | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
One can read a gas rate of 19.4 MMscf/d as solution rate in the right section of the
screen under | Solution. The corresponding BHFP reads: 2093.9 psig.
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as follow:
Note: The "E" on the VLP curves indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded
at the corresponding rates.
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made so far.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from a reasonably low well
head pressure to the highest well head pressure to be expected: 50 psig to 2200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and
here select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and choose the values generation algorithm:
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
With | Continue and then | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed.
In order to see the performance curve for a well, select | Sensitivity. Now it is possible to
select variables and plot any of the parameters listed versus the first node pressure (=
well head flowing pressure).
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head (read the label for the Y-axis).
In order to plot the gas flow rate versus the first node pressure, select | Variables and
then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
3.1.2.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
For naturally flowing gas wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Gas rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Gas Ratio (WGR) and
- Condensate Gas Ratio (CGR).
Even though four (4) variables are used, the lift curves for gas wells are conventionally
referred to as 3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot
calculate pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 variables for a naturally flowing gas well model are: WHFP, CGR & WGR.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is designed to perform. However, if a
project involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach
would involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type selected
in GAP. The variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection
3.1.2.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate the VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are gas rate, WHFP, CGR and WGR.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
NOTE: The user must consider using the retrograde condensate fluid model if the CGR
is not expected to remain constant throughout. Beside the fully compositional approach,
PROSPER also have a black oil model for retrograde condensate with fully retrograde
behaviour.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation, select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
A few notes:
On this screen, the values for top node pressure, water gas ratio and condensate gas
ratio will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the appropriate VLP correlation is selected. Here, the
Petroleum Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate type gives control to the user over the rates he /she think will
best describe the response of the well.
The user must also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
At the end, a message will highlight that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
Note: The "T" on the curve indicate that the rate are below the minimum Turner velocity
criteria whereas the "E" indicates that the erosional velocity limit is exceeded.
One can see that the lift curves have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application:
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main and this step completes this exercise.
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.3.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
3.1.3.3.5 Average Heat Capacities
Here are the default average heat capacities to be used:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.3.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.3.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
To proceed, select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of the
screen above:
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +2
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, select | Calculate and the software will create and
display the following plot:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.3.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allows to sensitize on both variables.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 897.5 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2641.36 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate and here one need to enter the first value, the last value,
the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) set of VLP and IPR are computed and can be
plotted with | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of presenting the results is to plot the solutions flow rate versus the
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Oil Rate for the Y axis variable:
3.1.3.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted because one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The VLP 3 variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type defined by
the user. The variable selection for VLP generation can sometime be delicate because
different simulators use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection
rate versus. GLR injected).
3.1.3.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, and so on) can reasonably interpolate
between them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing
are to be avoided.
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
The user must ensure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method give control to the user to enter the rates he /she think
will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
At the end, a message will highlight that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
In this example, simply select | Plot and this is what would appear:
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
3.1.4 Tutorial 03: Modelling an oil well with black oil PVT matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T03_OilWellPVTMatching.OUT
It is required to:
- Build a PROSPER well model for an oil producing well
- Calibrate the black oil correlations against lab data
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
250 psig
- Generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
etc)
3.1.4.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults options.
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
In order to enter the lab measurements at different pressures, select the | Match Data
button and populate the table as follow:
PVT regression
Now select |Regression | Match All to kick the non-linear regression algorithm. The
following screen will confirm when the regression is completed.
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
Please consult the online help to get the details about the regression algorithm.
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
On the basis of the results obtained here, we will proceed with the combination Glaso /
Petrosky.
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.4.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the data:
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.4.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.4.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +2
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.4.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 10 500 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP
reads: 2584 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made so far.
In this example, we will vary the well head flowing pressure from 50 psig to 1200 psig.
For this, simply select | Calculation | System (IPR VLP) | 3 Variables | Continue and here
select the sensitivity variable "First Node Pressure":
One can manually populate the cells with the desired values or generate them
automatically with | Generate. Afterwards, one needs to enter the first value, the last
value, the number of values and the sequencing algorithm:
To complete the process, simply select | Generate and then the input cells are
populated accordingly:
One can see that on this screen up to 3 variables can be sensitized on simultaneously. It
is generally possibly to sensitize on any number of parameters.
With | Continue | Calculate, ten (10) sets of VLP and IPR are computed.
To visualise a plot of the solution rate versus first node pressure, select | Sensitivity.
This is the plot of the Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure versus First Node pressure, the
first node being the well head.
In order to plot the oil flow rate versus the first node pressure, one simply needs to select
| Variables and then | Gas Rate for the Y axis variable:
3.1.4.5.8.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
For naturally flowing oil wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- liquid rate
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
- Water Cut and
- GOR
Even though in this case, four (4) variables will change, the lift curves are referred to as
3-Variables VLP. The rate variable is taken for granted as one cannot calculate
pressure drop without flow rate.
The 3 VLP variables for a naturally flowing oil well are: WHFP, GOR & Water Cut.
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curve generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP
- GAP uses PROSPER to generate and save lift curve for any number of wells in batch-
mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right VLP variables input depending upon the well type. The
variable selection for lift curves can sometimes be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity (example gas lift injection rate versus. GLR
injected).
3.1.4.5.8.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rate, WHFP, GOR and Water Cut.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, etc) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to enter the range of rates to use:
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure, water cut and GOR will be overwritten through the
sensitivity variables.
One should make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One should also ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, simply select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate
the entries as per screen-shot below:
At the end, a message will confirm that the calculation has completed.
It is always a good practice to plot and visualise the lift curves before exporting them.
One can see that the lift curves do all have the right shape (J -curve) and look smooth.
The following screen will appear where one has to select the format for the host
application (here Eclipse):
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and edited
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main and this completes the exercise.
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
- Perform sensitivity runs on the horizontal well length for 500 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2000 ft,
2500 ft and 3000 ft.
- Sensitize simultaneously on water cut of 0 %. 10%, 20%, 30%, 40% and 50%.
3.1.5.2 PVT Input Data
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Fluid: Oil and Water. All other settings can be left to their defaults values.
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
Now select | Match Data to enter the lab data given in the table below:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
In order to enter the PVT lab data, select | Match Data and populate the screen as
follow:
PVT regression
This will start the non-linear regression algorithm. The following screen will confirm when
the regression is completed.
In order to quality-check the regression, select | OK | Parameters and this is what can be
seen:
For this, select | Done | Done and choose the appropriate black oil correlations as per
screen-shot below:
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.5.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.
Make sure that the Choke Method is set to ELF (see bottom left corner of screen). The
selected choke model is used to compute pressure across surface chokes and eventual
down hole restrictions.
For validation purposes only, one should enter a temperature of surroundings of 70
degF and an overall heat transfer coefficient of 8 Btu/h/ft2/F. Note that in this example,
the temperature of surroundings and the overall heat transfer coefficient entered will not
affect the results because there is no pipeline in the model.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.5.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves and so on.
Head)
Tubing 7800 3.992 0.0018 1
Casing 8050 8.3 0.0018 1
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description will stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness) 100 ft
:
Well bore radius: 0.354 ft
Horizontal Anisotropy: 1 (fraction)
Vertical anisotropy: 0.1 (fraction)
Producing length: 2000 ft
Reservoir Length: 5000 ft
Reservoir width: 5000 ft
From the screen above, select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner
of the screen to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +5
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything makes sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.5.5.6 Sensitivity on well length and water cut
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these either parameter may change. Therefore,
this screen allow the user to sensitize with the GOR and water cut.
When sensitizing on the water cut and / or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified elsewhere.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue and then select the sensitivity variables well length
and water cut as follow:
After entering the values for well length and water cut, select | Continue | Calculate and |
Plot | System Plot to visualise the IPR + VLP plots:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen . This completes this exercise.
A multilateral well is a well that has more than one lateral going out of the bore hole and
connecting the well with the one or multiple reservoirs.
Objectives of multilaterals are either to produce a larger drainage area than a single
mono-bore or to access multiple reservoirs from a single mother bore.
Note that PROSPER can also model a configuration where each lateral penetrates
different multiple reservoirs.
3.1.6.2 PVT Input Data
The information in the next table describes the PVT properties of the fluid.
The deviation survey here must stops at the tie-point: the node that links the tubing to the
down hole network of the laterals.
This deviation will affect the pressure drop of the commingled flow that arrives at
surface. The contribution of each lateral and its impact of pressure drop down hole will
be accounted by the multilateral IPR model.
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Gas: 0.51
Water: 1
3.1.6.4 Multilateral IPR Data
Available data from the Tie point to the reservoir:
For the equipment T1, i.e. the pipe between Tie Point Data to Joint 1:
Deviation survey:
Equipment data:
Joint data
Lateral 1 data
Lateral 2 data
Tubing Tubing
Equipment Measured Inside Inside
Type Depth Diameter Roughness
(feet) (inches) (inches)
Tubing 2483 4 0.0006
Reservoir data
PVT data:
Petrophysical parameters:
The following lab measurements are also available for PVT calibration at a reference
temperature of 65 degF:
Select | Input Data and then enter the fluid parameters at stock tank conditions:
In order to enter the lab data, select | Match Data and populate the table with the data
provided:
Here select | Done and then | Regression | Match all and the | Parameters to see the
dialog below:
.
For all PVT data, the parameter 1 is close to unity and the parameter 2 practically zero.
This indicates that the PVT data are of good quality and will be used for for this model.
The Lee et al Viscosity model requires the least correction and will therefore be
selected.
Note that a green message is being flashed to remind the use that the PVT data has
been matched.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
3.1.6.5.4.1 Deviation Survey
Here are the data:
With | Edit, one shall populate the deviation survey screen as follow:
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.6.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left corner of the screen will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.6.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, and so on.
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
3.1.6.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary | Draw Down Hole and this is the sketch of the well bore that would appear:
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I Inflow
Performance.
The IPR interface consist in a Network section where we can draw the situation of the
example using the short cut icons.
Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "Tie point".
Right clicking on the Tie point red square allows the user to change the label and delete
the icon.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Joint".
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Lateral 1".
Click somewhere else in the screen to add a second completion, named it "Lateral 2".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Reservoir"
From the drop down menu, the user may select the command "Move" and then select
any object to move it around.
The next step is to connect the different objects together, so we can select the
command "Add Link" from the drop down menu.
Then click on the Tie point and drag it to the Joint, this will create a connection between
them.
Joint to Lateral 1
Lateral 1 to Reservoir
Joint to Lateral 2
Lateral 2 to Reservoir
Tie point: Measured Depth = 1577 ft and True vertical Depth = 1398.4 ft
At this stage we need to start entering the data for the different sections.
Double click on the Tie point added icon to access the input panel.
Enter the depths of the Tie point as shown in the next snap shot.
Double click on the next element called "T1" which is a piece of casing going from the
Tie point to the joint where the laterals are separated.
Select the Input Data tab to access the deviation survey input screen and the
equipment tabs:
Equipment Tab:
Joint
In this section the data has been transferred automatically from the deepest point of the
previous element.
On the right hand side we can see a that the elements that need to be completed are
marked with a red x.
Click Done.
Lateral 1
Double click on lateral 1 to access the input panel of the completion element.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor as shown below.
Select the Input Data tab at the top right corner of the screen to proceed.
In the Input data section there are 3 tabs to complete (Deviation, Equipment, Perforation
Details).
Deviation:
Equipment:
Perforation Details:
Lateral 2:
Double click on the lateral 2 to start entering the information for this icon.
Enter the well-bore radius and Dietz shape factor, then click Input data to move to the
next section.
In the Input Data section there are 3 tabs to enter the data:
Lateral 2 Deviation:
Lateral 2 Equipment:
Lateral 2 Perforations:
Reservoir
Double click on the blue reservoir icon to enter the data for the reservoir.
Select the Petroleum Experts Reservoir model on the left hand side, enter the PVT
data for the reservoir and click on Input Data.
In the Input Data section enter the reservoir parameters as shown in the next snapshot.
Note: The IPR plot obtained is referenced at the Tie point and it considers the
pressure drop across the down hole network of casings, tubings and chokes if
the finite conductivity switch is activated. In other words, the IPR curve
represents the relationship between the gas flow rate and the Tie Point
Pressure.
The IPR plot curve is calculated for 20 values of pressure with the corresponding 20
values of rate.
In this IPR plot we can see that at very high flow rates (close to the AOF) the IPR curve
goes backwards.
The reason for this behavior can be explained by the fact that at low Tie Point
Pressures, the expansion of the gas in the wellbore causes high gas velocities that, on
their turn, produce high pressure drops along the well. The higher pressure drops cause
a reduction in the production itself, therefore the "knee" in the curve.
Usually this behaviour will not affect the performance of the well as the intersection of the
VLP/IPR is rarely close to the AOF.
3.1.6.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate and inspecting the detailled results
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr +Vlp) | 3 Variables.
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the downstream pressure of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline included in this model, the top node pressure is the well head flow pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and | Calculate with the following results:
If one select | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as follow:
Now select | Solution details | Inflow Layer details. Here the rate and pressure
distribution along each lateral is displayed:
One can plot them with | Plot and select the variables of interest with | Variables.
The plot above shows pressure and rate distribution versus depth for both laterals.
3.1.7 Tutorial 07: Modelling a slanted oil well
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T07_SlantedOilWell.Out
It is required to:
- Set-up a PROSPER well model for a slanted/ deviated oil well.
- Estimate the initial oil rate against a well head flowing pressure of 250 psig
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
3.1.7.3 System Equipment Input Data
The system equipment input section is sub-divided into 5 sub-sections:
- Deviation survey
- Surface equipment
- Down hole equipment
- Geothermal gradient and
- Average heat capacities
3.1.7.3.1 Deviation survey
In PROSPER, the deviation survey can have its origin anywhere: well head, sea-bed,
platform, RKB an so on.
The key thing is to describe all the equipment in the well in a manner that is consistent
with the origin selected.
The well head depth does not have to coincide with the origin of the deviation survey.
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
This example uses the Wong-Clifford deviation and partial penetration skin model.
Alternative models for slanted wells exist in PROSPER: the multilateral Inflow model
developed by Petroleum Experts and the Cinco-Ley model, available in combination
with the Karakas & Tariq skin model.
3.1.7.5 Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Construct a PROSPER model for a slanted oil producing well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 250 psig
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
PROSPER Manual January, 2010
Examples Guide 838
Select | Done and the screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.7.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment.
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.7.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the
static reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to use the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This implies that the down hole equipment description must stop at
the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because the
pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
IPR : Skin value entry and here one MUST enable the Wong-Clifford model!
Mechanical skin: +5
Now select the Dev/PP Skin tab at the bottom of the screen to enter the data pertinent
to the Wong-Clifford model.
This means that over a true vertical net distance of 100 ft, the perforated net interval
along hole is 300 ft long.
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
One can see that the deviation skin counter-balances the mechanical skin. In the end, an
overall skin of less than 2 was achieved.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.7.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allows the user to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut and /or the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follows:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to secure all
changes made.
This completes this exercise.
3.1.8 Tutorial 08: Modelling a gas well with connected pipeline
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T08_GasWellwithSurfacePipeline.OUT
It is required to:
- Connect a 5000 ft long pipeline (ID = 6 inches) to the well only model created in
tutorial 1.
- Predict the flow rate if the pressure at the manifold is 350 psig.
It is strongly suggested to work trough the tutorial 1 first in order to gain familiarity with
the software.
Users already familiar with the software can simply recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT"
and proceed with the current tutorial.
The surroundings of the surface pipeline are described with the following data:
Step 1: Recall the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" and save it under a new name.
For this, select | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and make the following
changes:
Step 3: Select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and make the following entries:
One can read that the well would produce around 20 MMscf/d at a well head pressure of
395 psig.
In order to visualise the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and this is the plot that is
generated:
It is required to:
- Estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1000 psig
- Generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP,
and so on.)
3.1.9.2 PVT Input Data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter Value
Water salinity: 8000 ppm
Water temperature at the well head: 60 degF
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Parameter Value
Water salinity: 8000 ppm
The first step is to enter the injected fluid temperature of 60 degF at surface as shown in
the screen shot below.
In order to describe system equipment, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, use the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.9.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
865 PROSPER
Ensure that the ELF choke model is selected at the bottom left corner of the screen.
Now select the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen and this will take the
user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.9.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment includes the tubings, casings, nipples, sub-surface safety
valves, and so on.
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description must
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
any pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate
Inflow model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
8000 200
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
If one then selects | Draw Downhole this is the sketch of the well bore that appears:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
Permeability: 150 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic 100 ft
thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
From the screen above, one can select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +2
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Note that the concept of AOF (Absolute Open Flow potential) does not apply to an
injection well. The value displayed is simply the highest rate at which the IPR pressure
was calculated.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.9.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
For an injection well, the top node pressure is the pressure upstream of the system.
Since here there is no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the
well head flow pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Geometric
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
The well will inject around 10 000 stb of water per day with an an expected bottom hole
flowing pressure of 4325 psig.
3.1.9.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity, for example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.9.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
One shall make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
One shall ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
At the end, a message will confirm that the calculation has completed.
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500 psig
- generate a well performance curve (Rate vs. well head flowing pressure)
- generate lift curves to be utilised by a simulator (Reveal, GAP, MBAL, Eclipse, VIP, ...)
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Injection gas temperature at the well head: 60 degF
The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
Note:
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
3.1.10.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1000 psig at the well head.
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.10.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.10.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
3.1.10.5.4.6 Equipment Summary
From the Equipment Data screen, one can generate a sketch of the well bore with |
Summary.
Afterwards, one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that
would appear:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button (red if invalid) in the top right corner of
the screen above:
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +5
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Note that the concept of AOF does not apply to an injection well. The values displayed
corresponds to the highest rate for which the IPR pressure was computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.10.5.6 Estimation of the well injection flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot to
visualise the system plot:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this exercise.
3.1.10.5.7 Lift Curve generation for gas injectors
3.1.10.5.7.1 Introduction
Lift curves express the pressure drop across a tubing for a given set of variables.
Different software providers use different formats and acronyms for lift curves.
For water injection wells, the variables involved in lift curve generation are:
- Liquid rate and
- Well Head flowing pressure (= first node pressure)
Recommendation:
In this example, we will demonstrate how to generate lift curves with PROSPER since lift
curves generation is a key task that PROSPER is used to perform. However, if a project
involves the generation of lift curves for multiple wells, a more efficient approach would
involve the use of GAP, the network modelling and optimisation tool developed by
Petroleum Experts.
Here are the reasons why:
- GAP will instruct PROSPER to generate the lift curves using the very same PROSPER
well model created by the user and linked to the well icon in GAP.
- GAP will use PROSPER to generate and save lift curves for any number of wells in
batch-mode. This can be done overnight for instance to save time.
- GAP will ask for the right input variables depending upon the well type. The input
variable selection for lift curves can sometime be delicate because different simulators
use different names for the same quantity. For example some lift tables formats require
the variable gas lift injection rate but other lift tables formats require the variable Gas
Liquid Ration injected instead.
3.1.10.5.7.2 Steps
In order to generate wells' VLP, one first needs to work out the variables involved. Here
these variables are liquid rates and WHFP.
The second step is to choose values for the variables in such a manner that the host
application (GAP, MBAL, REVEAL, Eclipse, ..) can reasonably interpolate between
them to find the solution needed. Extrapolation and very large variable spacing are to be
avoided.
In order to enter the data for the lift curve generation , select | Calculation | VLP (Tubing
Curves) | 3 Variables
The next screen shot can be used to generate the range of rates to use. Use the |
Generate button to automate the data entry:
A few notes:
The values for top node pressure will be overwritten through the sensitivity variables.
The user must make sure that the right VLP correlation is selected. Here, the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation will be used.
The "User Selected" rate method gives control to the user to enter the rates he /she
think will best describe the expected operating ranges of the well.
The user must ensure that the first and last node are correctly selected.
In order to proceed, select | Continue, select the relevant variables and populate the
entries as per screen-shot below:
At the end, a message will confirm that the calculation has completed.
It is always good practice to plot and visualise the lift curve before exporting them.
One can see that the lift curves all have the right shape and are smooth.
The following screen appears where one has to select the format for the host application
(in this case Schlumberger - Eclipse):
The process is completed with | Continue | Save and the file is saved and loaded
automatically for viewing:
Select | File | Exit | Main to complete the exercise.
It is required to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1500 psig
Parameter Value
Water salinity: 10 000 ppm
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
3.1.11.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing steam / water injection well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the water injection with an injection
pressure of 1500 psig at the well head.
Parameter Value
Water salinity: 10 000 ppm
Steam temperature at the well head: 700 degF
Now select | All | Edit and this takes to the deviation survey screen:
PROSPER Manual January, 2010
Examples Guide 918
Finally select | Done | Done and save the file to secure the data entry.
Now select the Input Data tab and enter the productivity index of 100 stb/d/psi:
The following IPR curve is generated and displayed if one selects | Calculate:
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
of 1500 psig as per screen-shot below:
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: User Selected - Generate:
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate. Afterwards, select | Plot to
visualize the system plot:
The steam properties (quality, density, viscosity, enthalpy and so on) can be visualized
by scrolling this table to the right:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen. This completes this exercise.
3.1.12 Tutorial 12: Modelling an oil well with gravel pack
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase
3.1.12.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Describe the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
Note that one can change the well completion type to "Open Hole" to model an open
hole gravel pack option.
Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase
Select the Sand Control tab for the description of the gravel pack.
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
To superimpose the plots of the skins and associated dP , select |Variables | Set | Done
and the plot is up-dated as follow:
One can also visualise the numerical values behind the plots with | Results:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.12.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control, the sand control skin and the velocity of the fluid at the casing (Vc).
With | Plot | System Plot, the following VLP + IPR plot is generated:
Note: The lower curve on this plot represents the pressure drop across the gravel pack
completion.
Fracture Data
Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD ): 5000
Fracture Face Skin: 0
Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase
3.1.13.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the gravel pack option in PROSPER
- Activate the hydraulically fractured IPR model in PROSPER
- Describe both the fracture and the gravel pack in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
Note that one can model an open hole completion by selecting the well completion type
"Open Hole" on this screen.
Fracture Data
Parameter Value
Time: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25
Fracture Height: 100 ft
Fracture Half-Length: 30 ft
Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD ): 5000
Select the tab "Mech / Geom Skin" to enter the fracture face skin
Parameter Value
Fracture Face Skin: 0
In order to describe the pack data, select | "Sand Control" and make the following
entries:
Parameter Value
Gravel Pack Permeability: 35 000 mD
Perforation diameter: 1 inch
Shot density: 6 shots per feet
Gravel Pack length: 2 inches
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Perforation efficiency: 50%
Beta Factor: Calculated
DP Gravel Pack Calculation Method: Multiphase
Now, select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.13.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
Note: The lower curve on the system plot represents the pressure drop across the
gravel pack completion.
Parameter Value
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Slot Width: 0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor: Calculated
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Calculated
(Beta):
3.1.14.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the Pre-Packed screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the Pre-Packed in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
Note that one simply need to change the well completion type to "Cased Hole" to
model an open hole completion.
Select | System | Inflow Performance | Input Data | Sand Control and make the following
entries:
Parameter Value
Perforation intervall: 100 ft
Screen Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Slot Width: 0.02 inches
Screen Turbulence Factor: Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
Screen Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Screen Outside Turbulence factor Leave Blank and Prosper calculates it
(Beta):
In order to generate an IPR plot select | Calculate and the well inflow is generated as
follow:
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
3.1.14.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
To visualise the IPR-VLP plot select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
Parameter Value
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Width: 0.01 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft
3.1.15.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the slotted liner option in PROSPER
- Describe the slotted liner in the IPR section
- Generate an IPR plot
- Estimate the well flow rate against as given well head flowing pressure
Parameter Value
Production interval 100 ft
Liner Inner Radius: 0.3 ft
Liner Outer Radius: 0.34 ft
Slot height: 4 inches
Slot Width: 0.01 inches
Slot Density: 3 slots per feet
Outer Screen thickness: does not apply - 0 ft
Liner Outside Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): does not apply - 0 ft
To proceed, simply select the | Calculate and the IPR is generated with rate dependent
skin due to the slotted liner included:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.15.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well any of these two parameters may change. Therefore,
this screen allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
All the sensitivity possibilities previously available remain. PROSPER also the gravel
pack parameters as sensitivity variables.
Parameter Value
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated
3.1.16.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Activate the wire wrapped screen option in PROSPER
- Describe the wire wrapped screen in the IPR section
- Estimate the well flow rate against a given well head flowing pressure
Parameter Value
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Screen Outer Radius: 0.33 ft
Screen Permeability: 50 000 mD
Liner Outside Turbulence factor (Beta): Calculated
Once the sand control data input have been entered, it is a good practice to create an
IPR plot to verify that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the
software will create and display the following plot:
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made.
3.1.16.3.3 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
The parameters Water Cut and GOR were entered earlier on the IPR screen. For the
fluid description, there was also a need to enter the GOR on the PVT screen.
However, during the life of a well either parameter may change. Therefore, this screen
allow to sensitize both.
When sensitizing on the water cut or / and the GOR, PROSPER will use the new
sensitivity values for the calculations It will no longer use the GOR and the water cut
values entered on the IPR screen or the GOR from the PVT screen. The same principle
applies to all sensitivity variables specified anywhere else.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
Note that PROSPER displays under solution details, the total skin, the dP due to sand
control and the sand control skin.
To visualize the system plot, select | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
generated:
It is required to:
- Build a fully compositional PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of
2500 psig.
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications and
looks like this:
measured depth into true vertical depth and it is the temperature gradient based upon
the true vertical depth that is used during the calculation.
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place inside and around the wellbore:
conduction, convection and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the
thermal resistance in the surroundings of the wellbore.
3.1.17.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- Use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 2500 psig.
3.1.17.5.1 System Options
Here, one simply select | File | New if a PROSPER file is already open.
It is required to enter the water salinity of 80 000 ppm at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.17.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, select | Cancel to skip this
screen.
This will take the user to the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.17.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed.
If one then selects | Draw Down hole this is the sketch of the well bore that would
appear:
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
3.1.17.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follow:
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above:
Reservoir Permeability: 25 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True 100 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Mechanical skin: +5
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense. For this, simply select | Calculate and the software will
create and display the following plot:
Select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all changes
made.
3.1.17.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
It is required to to estimate the injection rate against a well head flowing pressure of
1000 psig.
The CO2 has a temperature of 45 degF at surface.
In order to better capture the thermodynamics of the CO2, It is required to to use a fully
compositional model coupled with the improved rough approximation temperature
model.
3.1.18.2PVT Input Data
Using the PVTp software developed by Petroleum Experts, one can generate a PRP
file to be used for this tutorial.
The PRP file to be used for this specific tutorial is "Tutorial_18.PRP"
A PRP file is the generic EOS file format recognised by all PETEX' applications.
Note:The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that captures
the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection and
radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
3.1.18.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a fully compositional PROSPER model for a producing retrograde
condensate well
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the CO2 injection flow rate against a WHFP
of 2500 psig
Otherwise, simply select | Options | Options and make the following choices
Enter the reservoir temperature of 350 degF at the bottom of the screen.
One can generate and visualize the phase envelope with | Phase Env...| Plot and the
following phase envelope is generated:
One may select | Exit | OK to return to the main PVT input screen.
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
0 0
18000 18000
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labelled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.18.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.18.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
1200 36 3
18000 350 3
Now select | Draw Down hole to see a sketch of the well bore.
To proceed, simply select the Input Data button in the top right corner of the screen
above and make the following entries:
Rervoir Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True 150 ft
stratigraphic thickness) :
Drainage Area: 340 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 5 day
Reservoir Porosity: 0.25 (fraction)
Connate water saturation: 0.2 (fraction
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D): Calculated
Permeability Entered: Total Permeability
Mechanical skin: +10
From the screen above, one can select the the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left
corner of the screen in order to enter the mechanical skin:
Once the IPR data input is completed, it is a good practice to create an IPR plot to verify
that everything make sense.
For this, select | Calculate and the software will create and display the following plot:
Note: The concept of absolute open flow potential does not apply to injectors. The
reported values simply corresponds to the highest rate for which an IPR pressure was
computed.
Please select | Main and then save the PROSPER file with | File | Save to secure all
changes made so far.
3.1.18.5.6 Estimation of the well flow rate
The response of a well bore combines fluid properties (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and
tubing response (VLP).
The fluid properties are used to compute the reservoir response (IPR) and the tubing
response (VLP).
For a given set of boundary conditions (given reservoir pressure and well head flowing
pressure), the well flow rate is the intersection between the IPR curve and the VLP
curve.
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head (= Top Node
here) injection pressure as per screen-shot below:
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of a pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic Geometric
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
It is required to:
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated PROSPER model to study the impact of changing reservoir
pressure change on the well performance.
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1000 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 4500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 1920 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2300 psig
perforation:
3.1.19.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 1 (Tutorial_01.OUT)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve to match the well test
- Use the model to run sensitivity on Reservoir pressure
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_01.OUT" in the sample directory.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1000 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 153 degF
Water Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 5 stb/MMscf
Gas Flow Rate: 15 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 4500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 1920 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2300 psig
perforation:
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing buttons on the left and the task buttons on the right.
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form the recommended well test matching procedure
In order to analyse a particular test, select this test point by clicking on the row number
that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point Date". The
selected test number then turns blue.
We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data.
After selecting | OK, a message is displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value
in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.19.3.3.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore, whenever a
new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a correlation
comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are to:
- Identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- Quality check the well test results.
For instance if none of the correlation came close to the well test, it might be worth
checking the reliability of the well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
One can zoom around the test point and this is what can be seen:
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies between Duns and Ros modified and
the Petroleum Experts correlations.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to select the appropriate
correlation based upon the matching parameters.
For the regression, select | Match and the regression routine will apply a gravity
multiplier (Parameter 1) and a friction multiplier (Parameter 2) to each selected
correlation in turn in order to match the well test.
Ideally, both parameters should equal to unity and one can see here that both multipliers
are very close indeed to unity.
We will proceed the analysis with Petroleum Experts 2. Therefore, reset all the matching
for all the correlations except the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation.
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then unselect all correlations except PE2 and then select | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated parameters (rate
and pressure) are both below 0.5%. The magnitude of this difference between
simulated and actual data can be seen as acceptable.
It can be concluded that the well test is valid and is properly calibrated.
Should the match not be acceptable at this stage, then the error is confined to the IPR
component because PVT and VLP have already been quality-checked, calibrated and
validated.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made so far.
3.1.19.3.3.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below lists the parameter combinations to be evaluated:
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1033 PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it: the
first number is the gravity multiplier (parameter 1) whereas the second number
(parameter 2) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and skin
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:
This is how the plot of the gas rate versus reservoir pressure shows:
It is required to:
- Calibrate the PVT model against the lab data,
- Analyse the well test results
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
1500 237 1.138 1.34
2000 324 1.178 1.15
2500 400 1.214 1.01
3000 400 1.207 1.05
4000 400 1.198 1.11
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 250 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
Liquid Rate: 8290 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7000 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2335 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3800 psig
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb
3.1.20.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- recall the PROSPER model for the naturally producing oil well (see example 2)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Calibrate the black oil correlation against the lab PVT data and select the most
suitable correlations for this crude
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity on tubing size and reservoir pressure.
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_02.OUT" in the sample directory.
PVT Data
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure: 2500 psig at 200 degF
In order to calibrate the black oil correlations, one needs first to enter the PVT lab data.
This is done with | Match Data and here one shall populate the screen as below:
Further PVT data are given in tabular form below at 200 degF:
Pressure in psig Gas Oil Ratio in scf/ Oil FVF in rb/stb Oil Viscosity in
stb centipoises
Notes:
- up to 50 tables with different temperatures can be entered here.
- It is recommended to match the PVT at least at the the bubble point pressure with the
corresponding oil formation volume factor and viscosity.
PVT matching
Now select | Regression | Match All and then | OK | Parameters to view the results of the
regression:
Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Petrosky correlation will be selected.
Select | Done and | Done again to return to the PVT entry screen where the appropriate
black correlations are selected:
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 250 psig
Flowing Tubing Head Temperature: 158.5 degF
Water Cut: 30%
Liquid Rate: 8290 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7000 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2335 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3800 psig
perforation:
Produced Gas-Oil Ratio: 600 scf/stb
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- For oil wells, always set the GOR free to 0 scf/stb and simply enter the total produced
GOR in the Gas Oil Ratio column. PROSPER will use the PVT model to work out how
much gas is free and how much gas is dissolved in the liquid phase at any P & T
conditions.
- We will use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen, from the
left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message will
appear, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.20.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore, whenever a
new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a correlation
comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- quality check the well test results. For instance if none of the correlation came close to
the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data themselves.
In most cases with oil wells, the Fancher-Brown correlation and the Duns & Ros
modified multiphase correlation define the operating envelope of a tubing. Therefore,
those 2 correlations will be selected along with a few generally reliable correlations like
Petroleum Experts 2.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and this is what can be seen:
Conclusion: One can see that the test point lies outside of the solution envelope. This
can happen for various reasons and it is the engineer's task to find out exactly what are
the possible reasons behind this behaviour.
In this particular case, we shall recall that the bubble pint pressure of the fluid at
reservoir temperature is 2500 psig.
The reservoir pressure is currently 3800 psig. This means that the oil is still under-
saturated at reservoir conditions. Therefore the produced GOR must be equal to initial
solution GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Let us return with | Finish | done and correct the GOR to 400 scf/stb:
Changing (i.e. correcting) the produced GOR will change the mass flow rate in the
tubing and consequently change the heat loss in the surroundings of the well. Therefore,
the U-value need to re-estimated and updated with | Estimate U Value | OK | Yes | OK.
Now one can clearly see that the test point has moved inside the solution envelope:
between Fancher-Brown on the left and Duns & Ros on the right.
We can also see that the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is very close to the test point.
On the basis of this observation, we will select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation
moving forward.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune because
a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.20.3.4.4 VLP matching
Now select | Match VLP and select only the correlation of interest to proceed.
Select | Match to trigger the non-linear regression that applies a gravity and a friction
correction coefficient to the selected multiphase correlation.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
We can see in this example that both parameters are very close to unity: this means that
the well test is consistent with model and that the selected multiphase correlation is
suitable for this particular well.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
3.1.20.3.4.5 VLP / IPR matching
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is only 0.2%,
and for this case it can be considered that the rate difference between the measured
and calculated rate is negligible.
For most cases, the difference between the measured and calculated rate can be quite
different. For those cases it will be necessary to change the IPR data i.e., reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, etc., until a suitable match has been achieved.
To further illustrate the IPR tuning workflow, we shall consider the above match to be
invalid, hence a decision will be made regarding the IPR data.
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The PVT has been calibrated, The VLP also have been calibrated. Hence any error will
be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, ....
In the following, we will assume that the estimation of the reservoir pressure was not
reliable.
Hence, we will find the reservoir pressure required to match the well test. This can be
done manually in iterative fashion or automatically.
We will adjust the reservoir pressure automatically. For this, select | Finish | Done to get
back to the well test data entry screen.
Now select the task button "Adjust IPR" and the following screen will appear:
Now select the well test of interest by checking "Test 1 on 01/01/2010 (Main Flow Test)"
in the first column.
Now select | OK and a search algorithm will compute the reservoir pressure that will
match the well test:
Now we will select | Done and then replace the static reservoir pressure on the test row:
Now with the task button "VLP / IPR", and then | Calculate and | Plot this is how the
match now looks like:
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.20.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:
In order to analyse the cases described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1059 PROSPER
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and tubing ID
One shall proceed with | Continue and a selection screen is displayed, which allows to
define the section of the well the diameter changes applies to:
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | OK and then | Plot | System Plot:
An alternative way of plotting the results is now to select | Finish | Sensitivities and here
select the variables of interest:
This is how the plot of the oil rate versus tubing internal diameter at various reservoir
pressure looks like:
It is required to:
- Recall the Tutorial_10.out PROSPER file
- Analyse the well test results
- Calibrate the PROSPER model to reproduce the well test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the injection rate when the reservoir pressure
drops to 3000 psig and the well head pressure is 3500 psig and a reservoir
temperature of 80 degF.
For water injection well, the only PVT parameter required is simply the water salinity.
PROSPER will then use correlation to compute the required fluid properties at different
conditions.
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1250 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 80 degF
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 4350 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3580 psig
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb
3.1.21.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model for the water injection well created in Tutorial 9 (
Tutorial_09.out)
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressure.
Select | File | Open, locate and open the file "Tutorial_09.out" in the sample directory.
If comprehensive PVT properties for the injected water are available, then one can enter
the data in the tables section of the PVT screen and PROSPER will use them. Caution
is in order when using tables: the tables must cover all possible expected operation
conditions of pressure and temperature!
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
- Fourth, find the IPR model / parameters that will reasonably reproduce the well test
results.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.21.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Flowing Pressure: 1250 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 80 degF
Water Cut: 100%
Water Injection Rate: 11000 stb/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 4350 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 3580 psig
perforation:
Gas-Oil Ratio [ Not Used]: 0 scf/stb
GOR Free [ Not used]: 0 scf/stb
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
The screen is divided into 3 sections: upper, middle and bottom.
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
The middle section contains the well test data and the bottom section of the screen
contains in written form a well test matching procedure that has been successfully tested
over and over again. This is the recommended well test matching procedure.
When one intends to analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by
clicking on the row number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the
column " Test Point Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
Notes:
- The approach to follow is documented at the bottom of the screen under"Matching
Procedure".
- This is an injection well with 100% water cut. Therefore, the parameters Gas Oil Ratio
and GOR free are totally irrelevant.
- We will primarily use the Task buttons located on the top right corner of the screen,
from the left to the right to solve this well test matching exercise.
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed, proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.21.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore, whenever a
new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a correlation
comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune because
a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.21.3.4.4 VLP matching
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is large. The
question then arises: what is the source of this difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
The water PVT has been entered, The VLP also have been sensibly calibrated. Hence
any error will be confined to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that can help conclude the exercise: reservoir pressure,
permeability, skin, and so on.
In the following, we will assume that the skin has changed.
Hence, we will adjust the skin to match the well test. This can be done manually in
iterative fashion of automatically.
For this select | Finish | IPR | Input Data | Mech / Geom Skin and raise the skin to 15!
There may be a need to expand the validation range for skin values to 1000 for
instance.
In any case, once the skin of 15.5 has been successfully entered, select | Done | Done |
Done and | Calculate again to recompute the VLP and IPR.
The plot clearly shows that an acceptable match is achieved by multiplying the skin by a
factor of more than 7. We have increased the skin from 2 to 15.5.
A transient well test will be required to prove the uniqueness of this approach.
When injecting cold water in a generally hotter reservoir, a few phenomena take place:
- inside the reservoir, the temperature is lower in the vicinity of the injection point.
- the lower temperature affects the water formation volume factor and the water viscosity
and hence the water mobility.
- the change in water mobility will impact the water injectivity.
- the lower temperature will also affect the stress around the injection point and may lead
to thermal fracturing.
- the chemical composition of the injection water may not be compatible with the
reservoir water.
All this can lead to thermo-fracturing, scale deposition, viscous fingering, souring, and
so on.
These phenomena are best studied with REVEAL, the specialized reservoir simulator
developed by Petroleum Experts.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.21.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below contains the case to be evaluated:
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to it:
1.00 and 0.97 The first number (1.00) is the gravity multiplier whereas the second
number (0.97) is the friction multiplier.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and tubing ID
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok and this is what will be seen:
It is required to:
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Injection gas temperature at the well head: 60 degF
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 93 degF
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2876 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2800 psig
perforation:
3.1.22.3Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- Recall the PROSPER model built in tutorial 10
- Review the PROSPER model
- Quality-check and calibrate the PROSPER model against the injection well test data
- Select the appropriate VLP correlation
- Superimpose the IPR curve
- Use the model to run sensitivity injection pressures.
Parameter Value
Gas gravity: 0.6 (Air = 1)
Separator pressure: 250 psig
Condensate to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gravity: 50 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water salinity: 10000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): 0%
Now select | Done and save the file to secure all the changes made so far.
After completing the first step, proceed with the well test data entry.
3.1.22.3.4.1 Well Test Data Entry
Well test data
Parameter Value
Test date (optional): 01/01/2010
Test Comment (optional): Main Flow Test
Well Head Injection Pressure: 2500 psig
Down hole Injection Temperature: 93 degF
Water To Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Condensate Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Gas Injection Rate: 35.3 MMscf/d
Measured Gauge depth: 7500 ft
Measured Gauge pressure: 2876 psig
Static Reservoir Pressure @ top 2800 psig
perforation:
The upper section of the screen contains different buttons that can be categorized in two
groups: the data processing button on the left and the task buttons
To analyse a particular test, one needs to select this test point by clicking on the row
number that starts at the beginning of each test entry, left of the column " Test Point
Date". The selected test number then turns blue.
In order to enter the well test data, simply select | Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality-Check) and populate the screen as below:
For this simply select the task button "Estimate U Value" and the following message
will appear:
The program has estimated and displayed the heat transfer coefficient on the basis of
the well test data selected.
Under the assumption that the well test data are valid, select | OK and a message is
displayed proposing to replace the previous U-value in the model with this new one.
With YES, the new U-value is taken as input for the model. The previous value is in fact
overwritten.
Here we will select YES and then the U-value is then transferred:
Select | OK to continue with the next task button, the "Correlation Comparison".
3.1.22.3.4.3 Correlation Comparison
It is well known that there is no universal multiphase correlation. Therefore, whenever a
new well test is available for analysis, it is a good practice to perform a correlation
comparison.
The purposes of the correlation comparison are:
- identify without bias which best reproduce the well test to be analyse
- quality check the well test results themselves. For instance if none of the correlation
came close to the well test, it might be worth checking the reliability of the well test data
themselves.
This is single phase system where all correlations are expected to yield the same
results. Therefore, any major deviation between simulated pressure and measured
pressure would be due either to the model inputs or the test data and possibly a
combination of both: model inputs and well test data.
To proceed, select the task button "Correlation Comparison" and then | OK | and
here select a few correlations for comparison.
Select | Main to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen to fine-tune the Petroleum
Experts 2 correlation against the well test data. The emphasis here is fine-tune because
a heavy correction is not desired.
3.1.22.3.4.4 VLP matching
In order to fine-tune the VLP, simply select the task button "Match VLP" and the
following screen appear:
Select | All to select and then | All again to deselect all correlations.
Now, having identified earlier the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation, we can can simply
select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation only and then click on | Match.
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
Now select | Done to return to the previous menu.
In order to perform the VLP/IPR matching, simply select the task button "VLP / IPR" and
then | Calculate:
PROSPER computes VLP and IPR using the well test data as input.
On the bottom right of the screen, the simulated solution rate and solution BHFP are
displayed along with the test rate and test bottom hole flowing pressure.
Note that "Test BHP" is the gauge pressure corrected to the well datum depth using the
VLP correlation selected.
One can read that the difference between measured and simulated rate is less than 1%
and can be considered acceptable.
If the error was larger, then the question would have been: what would be at that stage
the source of a large difference?
Let us summarize:
A well model is the combination of PVT, VLP and IPR.
This is dry gas. Black oil correlations work fine for dry gase.
The VLP correlations have been sensibly calibrated. Hence any error would be confined
to the IPR.
There are multiple IPR variables that could then help conclude the exercise: reservoir
pressure, permeability, skin, and so on.
The key lesson here is: the sequential approach in analyzing the PVT first, then the VLP
and finally the IPR enables the user to confine possible inconsistencies in the model /
data to a particular component: PVT, VLP or IPR.
Select | Main and save the file to secure all changes made.
3.1.22.3.4.6 Performing Sensitivity runs
The table below contains the cases to be evaluated:
In order to analyse the case described above, one will perform sensitivity run on the
parameters listed above. For this, select | Calculation | System |3 Variable and make
the following choice:
Note that the matched VLP correlation now appears with 2 numbers appended to i.
Now select | Continue and select the remaining sensitivity variables of interest: reservoir
pressure and temperature.
Please select | Continue and | Calculate | Ok | Plot | System plot and the following plot
shows:
This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.
Design the operating and unloading valves.
The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut will rise to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.
Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
To start the gas lift design, select | Design | Gas lift | New Well and populate the screen
as shown below:
In order to proceed, select | Continue | Get Rate and the following plot is generated with |
OK | Plot:
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:
P min represents the minimum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading (when injecting at that defined depth).
In other words, as gas lift is carried out and the pressure drop decreases, an optimal gas rate is
achieved before too much is injected allowing the pressure drop to increase due to the friction.
The P min point represents the minimum pressure achieved at the defined valve depth as the
optimal gas rate has been reached.
P max represents the maximum pressure drop that could be achieved at a defined depth during
unloading, it is the momentary maximum pressure value at the valve as it closes and the one
below opens.
For more details about the design, select | Finish | Results | Calculate:
For further calculations, it will be assumed that a fixed depth of injection applies.
Therefore, the "Fixed Depth of Injection" gas lift method will be selected and the orifice
depth entered as bellow:
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.23.3.7 System Calculation for a gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
PVT Data
IPR data
Deviation survey
Geothermal gradient
System options
From the main Prosper screen, select | Options | Options and make the following
changes:
PVT data
Select | PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid stock tank properties as shown below:
In order to enter the match data, select | Match data and enter the fluid properties at
down hole conditions as shown below:
In order to match the PVT correlation to the down hole PVT data, select | Done |
Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters:
Ideally, Parameter 1, which is a multiplier, should be close to unity whereas the shift
(Parameter 2) is expected to be around nil.
Given the results of the regression, the Glaso correlation will be used for bubble point,
solution GOR and oil FVF whereas the Beal et all correlation will be selected for the oil
viscosity.
Select | Done | Done and this is how the PVT data entry screen looks like:
Note: a flashing message should indicate that the PVT have been matched. It should be
ensured that the Glaso along with the Beal et al correlations have been selected on this
screen.
From the main PROSPER screen select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to
start the equipment data entry with the deviation survey:
Select | Done | Cancel to enter the down hole equipment described below:
inches inches
Xmas 0 N/A N/A N/A
Tubing 7400 1.703 2.375 0.0006
Casing 7500 6.1 6.5 0.0006
Select | Done to proceed with the entry of the geothermal gradient and the overall heat
transfer coefficient:
Geothermal gradient
In order to describe the well inflow, select | system | Inflow Performance Relationship
and make the following entries:
IPR data
To enter the well productivity index,select | Input Data in the the top right corner of the
screen:
For the design of the unloading valves, 2 options are currently available in PROSPER:
- the constant surface closing pressure method and
- the optiflow flow design procedure.
To use either valve design option, simply select | Valves and make the relevant choice.
3.1.24.3.3 Constant Surface Closing Pressure design
When a well is not producing, then fluid accumulates inside the well bore.
For a gas lifted well, the tubing - annulus space through which gas lift is injected into the
tubing can be filled with liquid that covers the the injection valve. Therefore, in order to
kick-start the well, there is need to empty the annulus at least until the injection orifice /
valve is uncovered. This is process of unloading requires the installation valves.
One design method is the "constant surface closing pressure" design method. As the
name suggests, the unloading valves are set in such a way that they all close at the
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1127 PROSPER
same user-defined constant casing head pressure which is generally between 100 and
200 psi below the available surface injection pressure.
In order to design the unloading valves, select | Design | Intermittent Gas Lift Design |
Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure
The spacing factor corresponds to the minimum pressure gradient inside the tubing. It
depends upon flow rate and tubing size and generally varies between 0.04 psi/ft and 0.2
psi/ft.
The valves depths are calculated and displayed along with the spacing pressure, the
closing and the injection pressure.
In order to design the unloading valves with the optiflow method, select | Design |
Intermittent Gas Lift Design | Valves | Optiflow Design Procedure.
Now populate the design screen with the data provided:
Once the input data have been entered, select | Calculate and the static liquid level is
calculated.
The method assumes a DP of 100 psi to open the valve.
The valves spacing lines are computed for 30% and 90% of the surface opening
pressure above the static liquid level.
Below the static liquid level, the spacing lines are drawn for 55 and 85% of the surface
opening pressure.
This example builds upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work through
tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
Modify the Tutorial_20.out PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the maximum production rate achievable using gas lift.
Determine the optimum lift gas injection rate and depth.
Design the operating and unloading valves.
The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut will rise to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing Tutorial_20.out file,
changing the calculation options and reservoir conditions, performing the design and
finally saving the file under a new name.
Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Variable Value
Gas lift gas gravity: 0.8
H2S mole percent: 0
CO2 mole percent: 0
N2 mole percent: 0
Variable Value
Coiled Tubing Inside Diameter: 0.8 inches
Coiled tubing thickness: 0.2 inches
Coiled tubing inside roughness: 0.0006 inches
Coiled Tubing Outside 0.0006 inches
Roughness:
Note that in the event a coiled tubing gas lift has already been designed, then one will
simply populate this screen and then proceed with the system calculations.
To start the coiled tubing (CT) gas lift design, select | Design | Coiled Tubing Gas lift
and populate the screen as shown below:
This performance curve is used by the gas lift design algorithm to define the oil rate the
design will aim to produce.
After a while, the design is completed and the results can be visualized with the | Plot
tab in the lower half of the screen:
Note that the bottom section of the screen displays the results of the design. The results
can be transferred to the
Afterwards, select | Done and save the file to secure all changes. This completes the
gas lift design.
3.1.25.3.7 System Calculation for a CT gas-lifted well
Next, sensitivity calculations on gas lift injection rate will be performed with the well
model created.
For this, select | Calculations | System (Vlp + Ipr) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable gas lift gas injection rate.
Populate the entry cells with the following values:
Gas Lift Gas Injection Rate: 0, 0.5, 1, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 5, 7 & 10 MMscf/d.
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the gas lift gas injection rate. For this,
select | Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
This example is based upon tutorial 20. For beginners, it is recommended to work
through tutorial 20 before starting with this one.
The main objectives of this example are to:
Modify the the PROSPER file created in tutorial 20.
Find the the ESP system required to produce a given flow rate.
The design assumes that the reservoir pressure will drop to 3000 psig and that the
water cut have risen to 80%.
This example will guide the user through opening the existing PROSPER file from
tutorial 20, which name starts with T20_xxx.OUT and changing the calculation options
and reservoir conditions, performing the design and finally saving the file under a new
name.
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:
To start the ESP design, select | Design | Electrical Submersible Pump and populate
the screen as shown below:
At design stage, it is recommended to start with not gas separation, assess the need
for gas separation using the the Dunbar Plot before making a decision.
3.1.26.3.5 Performing the ESP design
In order to perform the ESP design, select | Calculate | Calculate | OK:
The screen above summarizes all the parameters required to choose a pump system.
In order to assess the need for down hole gas separation, select | Sensitivity to visualize
the Dunbar plot:
The Dunbar plot is an empirical relation that can be interpreted as follow: if the test point
is above the red curve, then down holw gas separation is not required. Otherwise, down
hole gas separation is recommended.
In this example, down hole separation is not needed.
Now select | Design and select the Pump, the motor and the cable as below:
Select | Continue | Reset All and then choose the variable operating frequency. Populate
the entry cells with the following values:
The following aspects need to be considered when interpreting the VLP/ IPR plot for an
ESP-lifted well.
It can be very useful to plot the oil rate versus the pump operating frequency. For this, select |
Finish | Sensitivity | Variables | Oil Rate Done:
Finally, it is always recommended to compare the pump operating conditions with the
pump performance curve.
For this, select | Finish | Solution Details | Pump Plot and this is what shows:
This example shows the pump operates inside the recommended envelope for all
conditions considered.
ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.
Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP.
These plots then combine as seen by the light blue dashed line to give the resulting IPR
within which the ESP effects are felt.
To access the same plot within PROSPER, after running the system calculation, select:
PLOT | SYSTEM PLOT | VARIABLES, the pump intake and discharge pressure can
then be selected and displayed as shown below:
Select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries for the power fluid:
Select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | Downhole to complete the down hole
description as shown below:
To enter the design parameters, select | Design | Hydraulic Pump and populate the entry
cells as below:
Now select | Done | Design and here select first the pump and then the turbine:
Select | Done.
From the design screen, one can perform directly a system calculation (Vlp + Ipr) to
verify the actual pump performance.
- Use the well model to predict the well performance under changing operating
conditions.
3.1.28.3.1 Options
Select | File | New to open a new PROSPER file.
Afterwards, select | Options | Options and make the following changes:
In order to enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistics of the
non-linear regression:
On the basis of the regression results, the Glaso correlation and Beal et al black oil
correlation will be selected for this tutorial.
Select | Done | Done and ensure that Glaso and Beal et have been effectively selected
as black oil correlations:
On the surface equipment equipment screen, make sure that the the recommended
ELF choke model is selected.
For validation only, enter:
Select | Done and accept the default average heat capacities with | Default | Done.
Each input made here can be altered later during the design process if judged
necessary.
Select | Input Data and enter the productivity index of 0.25 stb/d/psi:
Now select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and the IPR pressure required to produce
200 stb/d is calculated and displayed. It is 651.5 psig.
Select | Design | Sucker Rod Pump and enter the design data:
One the data have been properly entered, select | Calculate to complete the design.
It is possible to run sensitivity on the rod with | Rod Sensitivity | Calculate and the
following screen shows:
Select | Continue and then select the variable "Pumping speed" with the following
values: 12, 14, 16, 18 & 20 strokes/minute
One can see how the predicted flow rate increases with the pumping speed.
In this example we will perform a design of a PCP (Progressive cavity pump) in an oil
well.
In this example it will be demonstrated how to enter PCP pump data in the database
section
To perform a Design of a PCP to increase the oil production.
To perform a Calculation System using a PCP lift system.
3.1.29.1Statement of the Problem
It is intended to design a PCP for an oil well.
Fluid data (PVT), reservoir data (IPR) and well equipment data (VLP) are available.
Pump and sucker rod data were obtained from the PCP vendor as well.
It is required to:
- Add the particular PCP pump into the PROSPER database
Manufacturer : Tutorial29
Pump Series : 4"
Pump Model : 400TP1350
Pump Size : 4.72 inches
Maximum Head : 4430 ft
Reference Speed : 500 rpm
Reference Rate : 2534 stb/d
Pump Volume : 34 in3
Pump Length : 28.5433 ft
Stator Pitch : 15.2756 inches
Specific Rotor OD : 1.49606 inches
Rotor Elements : 1
Below are the parameters that describe the performance curve of this specific pump:
In order to add a PCP to the PROSPER database, select | Design | Database | PCP |
Pumps | Add and enter the pump data as done below:
Select | Design | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and populate the screen as below:
Should an invalid error message appears for the Young modulus value, then select |
Done | Cancel | Cancel | Units | Units and then extend the maximum value allowed for the
Young modulus to 15E10 psi:
Afterwards, select | Main | DataBase | Sucker Rods | Add and complete the addition of
0 0
4000 4000
3.1.29.4.2.2 Surface Equipment
The surface pipes are not included in this tutorial.
3.1.29.4.2.3 Downhole Equipment
From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:
PVT Data
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Surface Equipment
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
following entries:
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.5 stb/d/psi:
Afterwards, select | Calculate | Calculate to trigger the key pump design performance:
The next step is to select | Done | Design and then select the pump and the rod as done
below:
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) | 3 Variables and make the following
changes:
Select | Continue | Select the variable "Pump speed" and enter the sensitivity values as
done below:
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot | Variables to select
the variables of interest:
Select | Finish to return to the previous menu where the numerical values of the system
calculation are displayed:
Note that one can scroll through the various sensitivity variables and the screen is
update automatically.
Select | Main and this completes this tutorial.
In this example we will install diluent injection at the bottom of the production tubing
string.
3.1.30.2Input Data
To model diluent injection in an oil well using PROSPER, the following data sets are
needed:
- Produced Fluid and diluent PVT data,
- Well equipment data
- Reservoir data
- Diluent injection depth and diluent injection rate
3.1.30.2.1 Produced Fluid & Diluent PVT
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
It should be noted that when available, a full description of the diluent fluid PVT at
different pressure and temperature can be entered as look-up table in PROSPER.
3.1.30.2.2 Well Equipment Data
Deviation Survey
Surface Equipment
NONE
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
The default average heat capacity values will be used for this tutorial.
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
3.1.30.3Step by step procedure
From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:
PVT Data
The properties of both produced fluid and diluent fluid are required.
To enter the diluent properties, select | Properties in the bottom right corner of the
screen
Because the the diluent lookup PVT contains a single point in a single table, the
program will use the same FVF and viscosity throughout.
If more points are entered, the algorithm will interpolate to find the viscosity and
formation volume factor of the diluent as function of pressure and temperature.
From the main menu select System | Equipment | All | Edit for the equipment data entry:
Surface Equipment
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
From the main PROSPER screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the
following entries:
Select Input Data to enter the well productivity index of 2.7 stb/d/psi:
Select | System | Diluent Injection and populate the screen as done below:
Here a constant diluent injection of nil stb/d will be entered. This constant injection rate
will be overwritten when sensitizing in the variable diluent injection rate during any
subsequent calculation.
Likewise, the dilluent injection depth is a sensitivity variable during the system
calculations.
Select | Continue, choose the sensitivity variables and enter the following data:
Measured Diluent Injection 6000 ft, 6500 ft, 7000 ft, 7500 ft & 7800 ft
depth:
Diluent Injection rate: 10 values from 0 stb/d with 50 stb/d increment
Select | Continue | Calculate | OK and then use the thumb buttons to review the
tabular results:
Select | Plot | System Plot to see the graphical solution (to zoom in on the plot, left
click and drag a box over the solution area):
An alternative representation of the results would consist in displaying the flow rate as
function of diluent injection rate. For this, select | System | Sensitivity | Variables amd
make the following selections:
Select | Main.
This completes this tutorial.
3.1.31 Tutorial 31: Modelling Multiphase Pump with PROSPER
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T31_MultiphasePumpOnSeabed.OUT
To improve well productivity, the a multiphase pump will be installed at the well head to
booster the production.
3.1.31.2Model Set Up
From the main menu click Options | Options and select the following options:
From the main menu select System | Inflow Performance and make the following
changes to the IPR data:
From the main menu select System | Equipment and click on All | Edit and complete
the following sections:
The deviation survey will not be changed. Select Done to move to the surface
equipment section
Enter just 50 ft of pipe between the pump and the pump followed by 1000 ft of riser
with an internal diameter of 6 inches.
Select | Finish | Done and ensure that the well head is at 1000 ft as done below:
Equally, the geothermal gradient needs to include a point at the well head depth of 1000
ft:
Afterwards, select System | MultiPhase Pumps and enter the following data:
3.1.31.3Calculating Sensitivies
To run sensitivities on the selected pump for e.g. different reservoir pressures, water
cuts, etc., the System (Ipr + Vlp) 3-Variable calculation will be used that can be
selected via the Calculation menu option.
This is how the screen looks like once the rates have been generated or populated by hand:
Using the thumb buttons on the tabular results screen, one can observe that as the
power available increases the the flow rate increases. This is better demonstrated with
the | Sensitivity button and by selecting liquid rate under | Variables:
multi-phase pump.
Different pumps can be evaluated by returning to the main PROSPER screen and
selecting System | MultiPhase Pumps then selecting a different pump from the
Current Pump drop-down dialogue box and re-running the system calculation to
evaluate well performance and multi-phase pump selection.
The main objectives of this example are to show how to analyse a well test for a gas-
lifted oil well.
3.1.32.2Input Data
The response of a gas lifted well depends upon:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR),
- Tubing response and
- Valve response.
The valve response depends upon valve characteristics and casing head pressure.
Changing operational circumstances can cause an unloading valve to open. When an
unloading valve opens, the lift gas will take the path of least resistance and enter into the
tubing at shallower depth. This will in turn reduce the efficiency of the gas lift.
For this reason, a different approach is suggested to analyse artificially lifted systems in
general, and gas lifted wells in particular. This approach is called the "Quicklook
technique" in PROSPER.
The purpose of the quicklook technique is to isolate the various components affecting
the well response, PVT, IPR, VLP and valve response so that individual and cross-
analysis can be conducted.
For this, independent pressure gradients are computed in opposite directions. In case
the test is fully consistent it should be possible to predict the well head flowing pressure
starting from the reservoir pressure and vice-versa. If the gradient from the well head to
the sandface is different from the the gradient from the sandface to the well head, then
the model is inconsistent with the test data. A rigorous and coherent analysis needs to
be performed to come up with the most logical and probable explanation for such
inconsistency.
3.1.32.2.1 PROSPER well model
This tutorial is built upon tutorial 23.
For the beginner, it is recommended to review tutorial 23 before continuing with this
one.
3.1.32.2.2 Well test results for Quicklook
A recent well test was conducted with the following results:
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and populate the
screen with the well test data:
From this screen, select | Valve to enter the valve parameters if they are not already
present:
If down hole measurements (static and flowing) are available, they can be entered under
the | Down hole Tab:
In this example, the static reservoir pressure was estimated to be 3500 psig at the time
the flow test was conducted.
It can be seen that the gradients do not overlay. This means that the model does not
behave in a manner consistent with the well test. This means that either the model is
faulty or the well test data are incorrect or possibly model and well test are both wrong.
Since multiple parameter combinations can lead to an inconsistency between model
and well test data, there is no unique solution and no unique approach to reconcile well
test with model.Which ever approach is taken needs to be coherent to be credible.
The following method generally leads to a sensible solution if the well test data are
reliable along with the multiphase correlation selected:
Under the results section in the bottom right box, the quicklook has computed a free
GOR of 596.48 scf/stb based upon the user enter total gas rate and the lift gas injection
rate.
The reservoir has a bubble point pressure of 2500 psig and the current static reservoir
pressure is estimated at 3500 psig. This means that the reservoir is still highly under-
saturated and hence no free gas can exist within the reservoir.
The theoretical produced associated gas rate can be computed from the solution GOR,
the water cut and the liquid rate to be 0.682 MMscf/d.
The gas injection rate can then be computed by subtracting the associated gas from the
total gas rate and this is how the inputs would then look like:
The gas injection rate is then 5.0176 MMscf/d. This is valid only under the assumption
that the liquid rate and the water cut are correct.
This is what the quicklook plot shows once the total gas production is reconciled with
the PVT:
One can now read that the free GOR is o scf/stb and the solution GOR 400 scf/stb as
one would expect.
b) Find the deepest valve through which gas lift injection is possible by iteration
Using the casing pressure, the gas gradient in the annulus is computed. This the curve
labeled "Casing Measured".
Using the flowing well head pressure, the flowing gradient in the tubing is computed,
This is the curve labeled "Tubing Measured".
At a gas lift injection point, the annulus pressure should be equal to the sum of tubing
pressure and pressure drop across the valve.
In the plot above, an injection depth of 6161 ft was assumed. At the assumed injection
depth, it can be seen that the pressure gradient in the annulus is lower that the tubing
pressure gradient. This is the reason why the message "INJECTION NOT POSSIBLE"
is displayed.
It can also be seen On the plot, it reads "injection not possible" at the assumed injection
depth because the measured casing pressure
One needs to check if it is possible to inject at the next shallower valve, that is at a
measured depth of 5885 ft:
One can see that the message "Injection is not possible" has disappeared. This
suggests that the valve at a depth of 5885 ft is likely open.
One can see that the theoretical casing head pressure does not match the measured
casing head pressure. To match the measured casing head pressure, one can iterate
on the orifice size. In this example, an equivalent orifice size of 54/64 inch does the job:
d) Find the IPR parameter (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin, and so on) that
can be modified to reasonably predict the well head flowing pressure starting
from the reservoir pressure.
Now any unknown is confined to the IPR section. In this specific case, two possible
solutions can be explored: change the well productivity index or the reservoir pressure.
In this case, the reservoir pressure will be used as tuning parameter.
In reality, the user will have to judge which parameter is suitable to be used as tuning
parameter.
From the quicklook plot, select | Done | Done | Down Hole and then enter a reservoir
pressure of 3660 psig at 8000 ft measured depth:
Afterwards, select | Done | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook
plot now looks like:
One can clearly see that a match is achieved. The engineer will need to confirm the
findings with additional information.
This completes this tutorial.
The main objectives of this example is to show how to analyse the performance of well
that is fitted with an electrical submersible pump.
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional
3.1.33.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an ESP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unkown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 250 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
Therefore, for the analysis the following test data set will be used:
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3300 psig
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Electrical Submersible Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to be
selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements, then
the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one should
select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to be
generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data:
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 250 psig
Well Head Flowing Temperature: 174 dgeF
Liquid Rate: 9750 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 4000
psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7000 ft
Operating frequency during test: 55 Hertz
Length of cable: 7000 ft
Gas separation 0% - no separator installed
Number of stages 49
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet (7000 ft): 2170 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge (7000 3300 psig
ft):
Current used: optional
Surface voltage: optional
Power at surface: optional
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
In the quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and ESP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will
overlay. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the electrical system
allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared to measured data.
In the plot above, a few key points need to inspected: pump duty, multiphase correlation
and inflow performance relationship.
Test Analysis
The pump duty is the difference between the discharge pressure and the inlet pressure
of the pump. In the plot above, one can see that the top down traverse matches the
pump inlet pressure and the pump outlet pressure indicating that:
In this particular case, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure of 4000 psig was
overestimated.
Therefore, one can iterate on the reservoir pressure to match the well test. In this
particular case, entering a Static Bottom Hole Pressure (Pr)in the QuickLook well test
data section of 3800 psig does the job:
NOTE: It will be necessary to update the reservoir pressure value in the IPR section.
Now select | Continue | and select the pump operating and reservoir pressure as
sensitivity variable:
Now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | OK | Plot | System Plot and the following plot is
shown:
This example shows that the well can produce up to 13370 stb/d if the frequency is
increased to 70 Hertz.
In order to see the pump plot, select | OK | Solution Details | Pump Plot
Below is what the pump plot shows. It indicates at 70 Hz, the pump would still be operating
within its recommended operating envelope:
The main objectives of this example is to show how to analyse the performance of well
that is fitted with an hydrauic submersible pump.
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 350 psig
Liquid Rate: 7211 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 3000
psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7500 ft
Operating speed during test: 5965 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 6340 stb/d
Number of pump stages 35
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2255 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3855 psig
Number of turbine stages: 54
Pump Clyde Union TP145A
Turbine Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
3.1.34.3Strategy
The overall strategy to analyse the performance of an HSP-lifted well can be broken
down in three phases:
Parameter Value
Tubing Head Pressure: 350 psig
Liquid Rate: 7211 stb/d
Water Cut: 90%
Static Reservoir Pressure: Unknown - estimated to be less than 3000
psig
Produced GOR: 400 scf/stb
Measured Pump depth: 7500 ft
Operating speed during test: 5965 rpm
Power Fluid Rate: 6340 stb/d
Number of pump stages 35
Pump wear factor: 0
Gauge pressure at pump inlet: 2255 psig
Gauge pressure at pump discharge: 3855 psig
Number of turbine stages: 54
Pump Clyde Union TP145A
Turbine Clyde Union T-60 (TEST) - A
Given the fact that the bubble point pressure is 2500 psig and the reservoir pressure is
estimated to be above 2500 psig, then the produced GOR must be equal to the solution
GOR of 400 scf/stb.
3.1.34.3.3 Phase 3: Analyse and match test to well model
Preliminary considerations
For a naturally flowing well, the well response is the combination of:
- Fluid response (PVT),
- Reservoir response (IPR) and
- Tubing response (VLP correlation).
In the case of an artificially lifted well, a fourth component is added to the mix: the
response of the artificial lift system, here the Hydraulic Down Hole Pump.
Precisely because of this fourth component that complicates the analysis, a different
technique is proposed in PROSPER to trouble-shoot artificially lifted wells: the
Quicklook technique.
In order to use the Quicklook technique, a preferred multiphase correlation needs to be
selected. If the well test was conducted with down hole pressure measurements, then
the multiphase flow correlation selection can be made using the current well test data.
If on the other hand no down hole pressure measurements are available then one should
select a a multiphase correlation like Petroleum Experts 2 that was found to be
generally reliable in the past for the Quicklook analysis.
From the main screen of PROSPER, select | Matching | Quicklook and enter the well
test data.
Note that the produced GOR was corrected to be consistent with fluid PVT and
estimated reservoir pressure. Therefore, the initial GOR of 400 scf/stb is to be used.
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | Plot and the following pressure traverses are
displayed:
In the Quicklook pressure traverses are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If
the assumptions regarding well and HSP conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor,
number of stages, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two
calculated pressure traverses will overlay
Test Analysis
For the analysis of an HSP lifted well, one shall simultaneously inspect pump
performance, multiphase correlation and inflow performance relationship.
The pump performance can be evaluated by comparing the theoretical pressure gain
across the pump with the actual / recorded pressure gain across the very same pump.
Such a comparison is easily performed if there are down hole gauges at the inlet and
the outlet of the pump. In this example, downhole pressure gauges are available.
By inspecting the downward gradient (green curve), which is based purely on test data,
it is possible to see that the outlet gauge pressure measurement is closely matched -
this because the multiphase flow correlation was previously mQtched to lab data.
However, looking the dP given by the pump is higher than the difference between the
measured inlet and outlet pressure, which may indicate that the manufacturer's
performance has to be corrected to reproduce the actual pump dP.
This can be achieved by modifying the pump wear factor in the Quicklook input data.
After a few iterations (change the wear factor, then run the Quicklook calculation and
check the plot), one can find a wear factor of 0.05 to match the pump dP
With respect to the upward gradient, which is based on the model IPR, this can be
corrected to match the experimental pressures by adjusting any of the parameters of the
IPR.
In particular, it was suspected that the reservoir pressure have dropped since
production start and is expected to be less than 3000 psig. Therefore, one can iterate
on the reservoir pressure to see if the well test can be matched with a reasonable static
reservoir pressure valid at the time of the well test. For this, we will reduce the reservoir
pressure to 2910 psig:
Now select | Calculate | Calculate | OK | Plot and this is how the quicklook plot looks like
the one below:
One can see that a perfect match was achieved between top down and bottom-up
pressure traverse.
It essential to keep in mind that multiple solutions do exist. In this case, one can match
the well test by altering the skin or permeability for instance. The right parameter to alter
in order to match the well test is in the end a matter of engineering judgment to be made
by the engineer on the basis of his knowledge of the well and the relevant operating
circumstances.
At last, by looking at the plot results table (HSP Quicklook results), it is possible to verify
that the calculated pump speed (which is the one required to have the highest overall
efficiency), is 5964 rpm, close to the test data (5965 rpm). This result confirms that the
results obtained are correct.
These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap. Experience
and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to make a
successful diagnostic.
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to set up a PROSPER model for flow
assurance studies.
Even though this tutorial is based upon a retrograde condensate fluid, a similar
approach can be used for any other fluid type: oil or gas.
It is required to:
- estimate the initial flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 1500 psig
- rigorously model the temperature distribution along the flow path to investigate
potential hydrates formation
- inspect flow regimes and slug characteristics along the flow path.
3.1.36.2Input Data
PVT Data
*
10:07:52 2009
* !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
*
*
* Equation Type 0 - Peng
Robinson 1 - SRK
0
*
*
*
* Number of Components Number of Lumped
Components - Set to 0 if No Lumping Present
*
16 0
*
*
* Mole Critical Critic Acce Molec Specif Critic Volu Boilin Parac Omeg Omeg Costa Cost Compo
al ntric ular ic al me g hor aA aB ld ald nent
* Perc Temper Press Facto Weigh Gravit Volu Shift Point Volu Accen Fact Nam
ent ature ure r t y me me tric e
*
* perc degree F psig lb/lb. Gravit l/kg. degre F l/kg.
ent s mole y mole es mole
* ------ --------- ------- ------- -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------ ---------
------ ------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------
- - - - - - - - - - - ---
0.31 - 477.3 0.039 28.01 1.026 89.80 -0.154 - 60.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.039 N2
233.104 26 013 320.3 4 96
5
2.33 87.692 1058. 0.239 44.01 1.101 93.89 - - 78 0.45720.0777 0 0.239 CO2
26 989 0.100 109.2 4 96
2 1
68.73 - 658.3 0.011 16.04 0.415 99.20 - - 70 0.45720.0777 0 0.011 C1
116.518 81 017 0.167 258.7 4 96
17 9
12.37 89.798 693.6 0.099 30.1 0.546 148.2 0.069 - 115 0.45720.0777 0 0.099 C2
51 999 273 127.3 4 96
9
5.01 206.006 602.6 0.153 44.1 0.585 203.0 - - 155 0.45720.0777 0 0.153 C3
83 002 0.131 43.69 4 96
83
1.3 274.694 514.3 0.183 58.1 0.6 263.0 - 10.85 181.5 0.45720.0777 0 0.183 IC4
*
6 001 0.712 4 96
72
1.41 305.294 535.9 0.199 58.1 0.6 254.9 - 31.19 200 0.45720.0777 0 0.199 NC4
63 997 0.570 4 96
98
0.6 369.806 468.3 0.227 72.2 0.621 305.9 - 82.13 225 0.45720.0777 0 0.227 IC5
62 998 0.697 4 96
47
0.8 385.592 474.8 0.251 72.2 0.63 304.0 - 96.89 245 0.45720.0777 0 0.251 NC5
28 002 0.480 4 96
56
0.96 454.1 425.0 0.299 86.2 0.664 370.0 - 155.7 282.5 0.45720.0777 0 0.299 C6
08 002 0.233 5 4 96
54
1.032583.705 360.7 0.307 118.20 0.790 486.9 - 261.8 360.8 0.45720.0777 0 0.307 C7::C9
76 72 32 5 52 167 0.185 52 25 4 96 32
16
1.449594.655 353.6 0.369 142.31 0.816 578.1 - 337.9 421.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.369 C10::
95 64 64 7 84 783 0.080 95 4 96 64 C11
13
1.208604.783 349.9 0.436 168.37 0.841 679.2 - 415.2 481.9 0.45720.0777 0 0.436 C12::
79 71 39 1 45 414 0.029 45 94 4 96 39 C13
5
0.649783.408 346.3 0.487 191.10 0.856 759.3 0.000 470.6 531.4 0.45720.0777 0 0.487 C14::
47 7 68 2 84 324 218 58 06 4 96 68 C14
0.944899.659 334.0 0.541 214.67 0.870 845.3 0.030 525.4 579.9 0.45720.0777 0 0.541 C15::
22 34 38 7 44 294 246 5 08 4 96 38 C16
0.894977.545 300.5 0.622 255.81 0.888 976.7 0.050 603.2 659.7 0.45720.0777 0 0.622 C17::
82 77 1 7 34 938 498 66 78 4 96 1 C20
*
* Binary Interaction
Coefficients
*
* Only non-sero BICs are
exported and imported
* WARNING : the number of non-sero BICs in
IPM is currently6 limited to 450
* Any values over this
limit will be lost
*
* Number of non-sero BICs to be
written or read
*
*
* Only first half of array is exported - values
wil lbe copied to second half
*
15 2 0.05
*
* Volume shift
flag
*
1
*
* Separators T,
P
*
2 1
80 200
60 0
*
* Refe Temperature
renc
e
*
255
*
*# End
of
file
Equipment Data
Deviation Survey
Surface Equipment
Temperature Data
Lithology
n n
Fixed 11900 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Value
Sandst 12000 0.1 0.25 50 consoli Gas 100000
one dated
IPR Data
Launch PROSPER, select | Options | Options and make the following choices:
PVT
In order to enter the PVT data, select | PVT | Input Data and then select | Import ... PRP
to download the PRP file "Tutorial_36.prp" located in the PROSPER samples directory.
From the PVT screen, a hydrate curve can be generated and stored within the
PROSPER file. During the calculations, PROSPER will flag if the operating conditions
(Pressure and Temperature) are in hydrate formation region or not.
To generate and store the hydrate curve, select | Hydrates | Generate Hydrates
Pressure Values
Afterwards, select | OK and enter the temperature range from 40 degF to 100 degF in
10 steps.
Select | Finish | Done | Done to complete the PVT data import and the hydrate curve
generation.
Equipment Data
In order to enter the equipment data, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and enter
the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey
Surface Equipment
(25%)
Equally tubing may be insulated with concrete, foam, bitumen or any other user-defined
material.
Temperature Data
1500 45
2000 40
12000 255
TVD from mean sea level in ft Sea temperature in Sea velocity in ft/s
degF
0 60 0.1
1500 45 0.1
2000 40 0.1
Drilling Depth Hole Diameter in Casin Casin Speci Top Casin Mud
in ft inches g g fic Ceme g Top Densi
Shoe Outsi Casin nt Depth ty in
Depth de g Depth in ft lb/gal
in ft Diam weigh in ft
eter in t in lb/
inche ft
s
10000 12 10000 10 60 1500 1500 12
12000 8.5 12000 7 40 1500 1500 12
Lithology
It is possible to visualize the well bore schematic with | Summary | Draw Down hole:
Select | Main and save the file to secure all the parameters entered so far in the model.
In order to describe the well inflow performance relationship, select | System | Inflow
relationship and make the following choices
Now select | Input Data and enter the reservoir parameters as done below:
Permeability: 50 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness): 50 ft
Drainage Area: 300 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.354 ft
Perforation interval: 30 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.25
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Mechanical skin: +5
To enter the mechanical skin, select | Mech / Geom Skin and enter 5 as done below:
At this stage, it is good practice to generate and display the IPR. This is achieved by
selecting the | Calculate button:
Select | Main and save the file to secure the data entries.
System calculation
In order to perform the system calculation, select | Calculation | System | 3 Variables and
make the following choices:
The well would produce around 57 MMscf/d of gas and 7250 stb/d of oil..
The hydrate flag (H) shows for each flow rate. This means that hydrate mitigation should
be considered.
Below, 12 MMscf/d, the well would fall below the Turner stability criteria. This is shown
with the the "T".
Above 100 MMscf/d, erosional velocity is exceeded in the well.
In order to visualise what is happening inside the tubing, the tie back and the riser, one
selects | Sensitivity PvD | Continue | Calculate and here all the calculation details are
displayed.
By selecting the node 60 for instance, the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map is displayed
with the severe slugging line :
In this case, the operating point is beyond the severe slugging line.
From the above Sensitivity PvD results screen, scrolling the bar at the bottom to the
right, one can see the columns for hydrates, velocities pigging and slug parameters, etc.
.
3.1.37 Tutorial 37: Pipeline Only Modelling & matching
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T37_PipelineMatching.OUT
changing conditions
3.1.37.1Statement Of The Problem
A 5000 ft ft long pipe carries fluid (uphill) over an elevation of 250 ft.
The pipe was subject to a flow test.
It is required to:
- Build a pipeline only PROSPER model
- Select the most suitable multiphase correlation for this pipe
- Match the correlation to the test results
- Use the calibrated model to predict the pipe performance under changing operating
conditions
3.1.37.2Input Data
For a pipeline only model, the following inputs are required:
- Fluid PVT (black oil or compositional)
- Pipe description (simple: rough approximation / advanced: enthalpy balance or
improved approximation)
3.1.37.2.1 Fluid PVT data
The basic available PVT data are:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp
Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe hight above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF
Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
water Cut: 50%
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF
3.1.37.3Step by step procedure
From the main menu click Options | Options and make the following changes:
PVT Data
Fluid PVT:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
To enter the fluid properties at non-standard conditions, select | Match Data and
populate the screen as follow:
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Bubble point pressure (Pb): 2500 psig at 200 degF
Oil FVF at Pb and 200 degF: 1.214 rb/stb
Oil viscosity at Pb and 200 degF: 1.01 cp
Select | Done | Regression | Match All | OK | Parameters to inspect the statistical results
of the PVT matching.
Looking at the statistics above, we will select the Glaso black oil correlation for the
bubble point calculation, solution GOR and oil formation volume.
For the viscosity, the Beal et al correlation will be selected.
For this select |Done |Done and verify that the Glasa and the Beal correlation have
effectively been chosen:
From the main menu select System | Equipment and then enter the fluid inlet
temperature of 100 degF:
Note: The change in coordinate system is optional. Any other coordinate is fine
as long as it captures properly pipe topography: pipe length and elevation.
Parameter Value
Pipeline Length: 5000 ft
Pipeline Internal Diameter: 6 inches
Pipe Inside Roughness: 0.0006 inches
Temperature Of Surroundings: 50 degF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient: 1.5 Btu/h/ft2/F
Total pipe height above origin (inlet depth): -250 ft
Fluid Inlet temperature: 100 degF
A few notes:
- If the coordinate system Height, Distance From Origin is selected, then the first
equipment type changes from manifold to Xmas-tree.
- Elevation is the opposite of depth. This is why the sign of the height changes is
the coordinate system changes to TVD and Length:
Parameter Value
Match Point Comment (optional): Flow test from 01/01/2010
Pipe Outlet Pressure: 250 psig
Pipe Outlet Temperature: 90 degF
Water Cut: 50%
Gross liquid rate: 25000 stb/d
Pipe Inlet Pressure: 500 psig
Gas Oil Ratio: 400 scf/stb
GOR free: 0 scf/stb
Pipe inlet Temperature: 100 degF
The procedure to follow is very similar to tubing performance matching. The 4 steps to
be taken are:
- U value calibration
- Correlation comparison
- Multiphase Flow Correlation matching.
- Multiphase Flow Correlation selection.
From the flow test, the inlet and outlet temperature are known along with the mass flow
rate. Therefore, there is an opportunity to check how the predicted outlet temperature
compares with the reported outlet temperature.
For this, select | Correlation Comparison | OK | Select any VLP correlation ( Fancher
Brown/ Beggs and Brill / OLGAS 2P & PE4:
Now continue with | Calculate | Calculate | OK and then inspect the computed outlet
temperature:
One can read in the 5th column a computed arrival temperature of round 98 degF, which
is 8 degF higher that the measured outlet temperature.
In order to match this, the U-value needs to be increased to in iterative fashion.
For this select | Main | Done | System | Equipment | Surface Equipment and then change
the overall heat transfer coefficient to 8.05 Btu/h/ft2/F as done below:
Correlation comparison
One can see that PE4, PE5 and OLGAS 2P are the closest to the measured upstream
pressure.
For the pipe match, select | Match | Match | Statistics to inspect the statistical results of
the non-linear regression:
The parameter 1 is the gravity term multiplier whereas the parameter 2 is the friction
term multiplier. Ideally, both should equal to unity and one can see here that both
multipliers are very close indeed to unity.
The statistics show that PE4, PE5 and OLGAS 2P have very similar performances.
Since PE5 requires slightly less correction than PE4 and OLGAS 2P, the PE5
correlation will be selected for further calculations.
To perform the sensitivity runs, select | Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) and make the
appropriate changes as shown below:
Select | Continue and then choose the variable Gas Oil Ration from the drop-down
menu:
Now select | Calculate | OK | Plot | Variables and start with the simplest plot:
Note that more specialized parameters can be selected and plotted with | Variables |
Extended:
This is how for example the erosional velocity profile looks like in the pipe:
It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500
psig using the full enthalpy balance model.
3.1.38.2Input Data
Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
3.1.38.2.2 Equipment Data
The enthalpy balance model is an advanced thermodynamic model that rigorously
accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and around the well bore.
Therefore, it requires a detailed description of well and completion.
3.1.38.2.2.1 Deviation Survey
This is vertical well.
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3
3.1.38.2.2.6 Lithology
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Surface Equipment
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhhole Equipment
Temperature Data
Air temperature: 60 degF
Humidity: 70%
Air velocity:5 ft/s
TVD from mean sea level Sea temperature in degF Sea velocity in ft/s
in ft
0 50 3
300 40 3
Mud Convection: No
Completion Fluid Type: Brine
Completion Fluid Density: 8.5 lb/gal
Completion Fluid Gas Type: Air
Packer Depth: 14 500 ft
Mid Production Depth: 14900 ft
Annulus level: 50 ft
Lithology
From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
entries:
Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness): 200 ft
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.41 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Time since production: 1 days
Reservoir porosity: 0.15
Connate water saturation: 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor: Calculated
Permeability entered: Total permeability
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin: +5
To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables and
make the following entries:
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
It is required to :
- Build a PROSPER well model
- Use the model to estimate the flow rate against a well head flowing pressure of 2500
psig using the Improved Approximation model.
3.1.39.2Input Data
Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
3.1.39.2.2 Equipment Data
The Improved Approximation temperature model is an advanced thermodynamic
model that rigorously accounts for all heat transfer mechanisms taking place in and
around the well bore like the enthalpy balance model.
The only difference between enthalpy balance and improved approximation is the way
the overall heat transfer coefficient is found: in the former, overall heat transfer
coefficient is computed by the model whereas it is user-entered in the latter.
Mechanical skin: +5
Note: The Petroleum Experts' IPR method uses pseudo-pressure. It is transient and
accounts for relative permeability effects. Please consult the online help for more
details.
From the main menu click |Options | Options and make the following changes:
Note: In this example, the black oil model for retrograde condensate will be used. The
user has the option of using a compositional fluid description method as well.
PVT Data
From the main menu select | PVT | Input Data and make the following entries:
Parameter Value
Separator Pressure: 1500 psig
Separator temperature: 100 degF
Separator GOR: 9000 scf/stb
Separator gas gravity: 0.65 (air =1)
Stock Tank GOR: 1000 scf/stb
Stock Tank gas gravity: 0.85 (air =1)
Condensate gravity: 60 API
Water to Gas Ratio: 0 stb/MMscf
Water Salinity: 40000 ppm
Impurities (H2S, CO2 & N2): None
Dewpoint at reservoir temperature: 6000 psig
Reservoir temperature: 300 degF
Reservoir Pressure: 8000 psig
Deviation Survey
Surface Equipment
Select | Cancel to skip this screen and continue to the downhole equipment description:
Downhole Equipment
From the main screen, select | System | Inflow Performance and make the following
entries:
Permeability: 15 mD
Reservoir Thickness (True stratigraphic thickness): 200 ft
Drainage Area: 240 acres
Dietz shape factor: 31.6
Well bore radius (Drill bit radius): 0.41 ft
Perforation interval: 100 ft
Select the tab "Mech/Geom Skin" at the bottom left corner of the screen for the skin
entry:
Mechanical skin: +5
To run a system calculation, select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables and
make the following entries:
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate | OK and the results are displayed as follow:
The main objectives of this tutorial is to show how to use the SPOT inflow model within
PROSPER.
Using SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool), it is requested to estimate the initial
IPR and the initial flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig.
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Note: The overall heat transfer (also called U value) is a composite number that
captures the different heat transfer mechanisms taking place: conduction, convection
and radiation. It can be thought of as the inverse of the thermal resistance in the
surroundings of the wellbore.
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such
3.1.40.5Step by Step
The following pages provide a step-by-step procedure that will lead to the solution of the
problem:
- construct a PROSPER model for a producing oil well using SPOT for the IPR
- use the PROSPER well model to estimate the flow rate against a WHFP of 300 psig
- compare the performance of the well with different gun systems
- inspect the calculation results at log scale
Otherwise, simply select |Options | Options and make the following choices
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 400 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 30 API
Gas gravity: 0.75 (Air =1)
Water salinity: 80000 ppm
Impurities (CO2, N2, H2S): None
Now by selecting | Edit, the software will take the user through all the screens necessary
to input the equipment data starting with the deviation survey
Note: It is possible to input or import a large deviation survey table into PROSPER. A
filtering algorithm is implemented that will select up to 20 of the most relevant data
points describing the well trajectory.
For this, the | Filter button located on the top right of this screen is to be used.
Select | Done and the next screen labeled Surface Equipment will follow.
3.1.40.5.4.2 Surface Equipment
This model will not include any surface equipment. Therefore, one simply need to select
| Cancel to skip this step:
1990-2010 Petroleum Experts Limited
1389 PROSPER
Selecting the "Cancel" button located on the top left of the screen will take the user to
the next screen: the down hole equipment description screen.
3.1.40.5.4.3 Down Hole Equipment
The down hole equipment include the tubings, casings, nipples, Sub-surface Safety
valves, ...
The deepest entry in the down hole equipment section is the datum depth for the static
reservoir pressure that will be entered in the IPR section.
It is recommended to take the top perforation as the reference depth for the static
reservoir pressure. This would mean that the down hole equipment description shall
stop at the top of the perforation. This is also true for multiple-zone completion because
the pressure drop between the zones will be taken into account by the appropriate Inflow
model (multi-layer IPR model with dP or multilateral IPR model).
With | Done the entry screen of the Equipment data section will be accessed:
It is now possible to visualise a sketch of the well bore with | Summary | Draw Down
hole.
If one then selects | Draw Down hole a sketch of the well bore is drawn:
To save a file, simply select | File | Save and then simply answer YES to overwriting the
file.
3.1.40.5.5 Inflow Performance Relation (IPR)
For the selection of the IPR model, simply select | System | Inflow Performance and
make the appropriate choices as follows:
Select | Input Data and start the the SPOT IPR data entry with the left tab "SPOT
OPTIONS"
Select the deviation Survey tab at the bottom left corner of the Options screen to enter
the well trajectory across the reservoir:
8250 8250
To move forward, select the tab "Layers" to describe the reservoir and select the gun
system:
For the Relative Permeability data entry,select | Edit and populate the table according to
the inputs below:
Relative Permeabilities:
For the selection of the gun system, select the button " Select Gun" and the following
screen pops up, initially empty:
To move forward, select the "Select Gun From Database" button and the database is
displayed:
Note that the data base has been filtered on Vendor: here Baker for illustration only.
Now one can select the gun of choice, which is the 2" 2007 Predator
Afterwards, one select | Done and | Done again to transfer the gun data into SPOT.
To move forward, select the tab "LOG DATA" and enter the data required to generate
the log-scale IPR parameters:
Select | Generate and the log scale data are generated as shown below:
The last section to describe is the completion section. To access this section, select the
sheet "Completion" at the bottom of the screen:
Notes: The drift diameter is the inside diameter (ID) that the pipe manufacturer
guarantees per specifications. Note that the nominal inside diameter is not the same as
the drift diameter but is always slightly larger. The drift diameter is used by the well
planner to determine what size tools or casing strings can later be run through the
casing, whereas the nominal inside diameter is used for fluid volume calculations such
as mud circulating times and cement slurry.
The holdup depth is the depth at which a tool of a specific size can no longer pass
through the well bore.
One may need to scroll the bar at the bottom of the screen to the right to enter the drift:
IPR Generation
In order the generate an IPR, select | Calculate and the following plot is generated:
In order to compute this intersection point with PROSPER, simply select | Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp) | 3 Variables as per screen-shot below:
After selecting the system calculation, one needs to enter the well head flowing pressure
as per screen-shot below:
The top node pressure is the pressure downstream of the system. Since here there is
no pipeline in this PROSPER model, the top node pressure is the well head flow
pressure.
Surface Equipment Correlation: This applies to any pipeline in the model. Since this
model does not include any pipeline, the choice of any pipeline correlation is irrelevant.
Vertical Lift Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2.
Solution Node: Bottom Node
Rate Method: Automatic - Linear
Left-Hand Intersection: DisAllow
One can proceed with | Continue | Continue and Calculate with the following results:
One can read an oil rate of 5280 stb/d as solution rate. The corresponding BHFP reads:
2346 psig.
If one selects | Plot | System Plot, the system plot (VLP + IPR plot) is displayed as
follow:
Select | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen and save the file to update the
file.
Note: Water cut is not a sensitivity variable because SPOT uses relative permeability to
compute the producing water cut.
Select | Add | Select Gun From Database and add the gun systems of choice:
One can now proceed with | Continue | Calculate | Plot | System Plot to generate the
following system plot:
In order to access and plot the detailed log-scale results from SPOT, select | System |
Inflow Performance | Sensitivity:
Select | Log Results | Plot and select Qocum for the x axis for instance:
Select | Done and any other variable can be added to the plot.
Any number of variables with the same unit can be selected and plotted together as
demonstrated in the plot below:
The same level of details is available from the system calculation screen.
If the Qw cum (cumulative water production) is selected for instance a plot similar to the
one below can be inspected:
Select | Done | Done | Main to get back to the main PROSPER screen.
3.1.41.2Input Data
Fluid PVT
Reservoir Data
Deviation Survey
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
3.1.41.3Modelling Strategy
For well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available in
PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir mode (MBAL, decline curve
or numerical simulator) for time-dependent performance prediction.
System options
Fluid PVT
Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:
Note that at this stage, the PVT of the first zone was entered for initialisation purposes.
The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in the inflow section.
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to
the shallowest reservoir depth when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
Reservoir Data
In order to enter the Inflow performance data select | System Inflow Performance and
make the following changes:
To proceed with the inflow description select | Input Data and make the following entries
/ selections:
- Given the large number of inputs, it is good practice to frequently use the "Validate
button" in order to check the data missing to complete the model description.
- The top (MD = 10000 ft / TVD = 10000 ft) describes the solution node of the well
model. It divides the wellbore in inflow and outflow and should correspond to the
deepest entry in the down hole equipment. This is the depth at which the inflow and the
outflow equations are solved to yield the solution rate.
- The static layer pressure for each zone is entered at the bottom of the zone. In the case
of the upper layer, the pressure of 3500 psig corresponds to the static reservoir
pressure at 10050 ft, NOT 10000 ft.
- The layer flowing radius and the the layer roughness are used to compute the pressure
loss between the zones whereas the well bore radius is used to compute the inflow
performance relation for the layer itself.
- The "Blank" layer type means that there is no influx or no perforation from the layer into
the well bore.
At this stage, it is good practice to generate an IPR with | Calculate and be patient as
this is a more complex algorithm that the single zone Inflow models:
Please select | Main and save the file to secure all changes.
In order to answer the engineering questions asked at the beginning of this tutorial, one
needs to solve simultaneously the inflow and outflow equations.
For this, select | Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp) |3 Variables:
Afterwards, select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and be patient as this may take a
few minutes:
The solution details can be accessed by selecting the button " Solution Details".
Afterwards, select | Inflow Layer Details
Conclusion:
current conditions.
This completes this example.
Reservoir Data
(degF):
Reservoir pressure (psig): 3500 3600
Layer flowing radius (ft): 0.254 0.254
Layer roughness (inches): 0.001 0.001
Layer permeability (mD): 15 20
Layer Drainage Area 300 300
(acres):
Vertical Permeability (mD): 1.5 2
Layer Dietz shape factor 31.6 31.6
(no dimension):
Layer wellbore radius (ft): 0.354 0.354
Reservoir Thickness (ft): 50 30
Perforation interval (ft): 50 30
Time since production 1000 1000
(days):
Layer porosity (fraction): 0.25 0.25
Layer connate water 0.3 0.3
saturation (fraction):
Mechanical skin (no 5 5
dimension):
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (1/ Calculated Calculated
Mscf/d)
Deviation Survey
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the pressure
drop between them. Therefore, it is sufficient to describe the well just down to the top of
the shallowest reservoir in the deviation survey when using the multi-layer IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
3.1.42.3Modelling Strategy
For a well producing from multiples zones, there are currently 3 Inflow models available
in PROSPER:
a) the MultiLayer Reservoir model
b) the MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore and
c) the Multilateral Inflow model.
The MultiLayer Reservoir model is the simplest one. It does not account for pressure
drop between the zones. Therefore it can only be considered for cases where the
vertical distance between the zones is negligible. It can model a well penetrating up to
50 different zones.
The "MultiLayer - dP Loss in WellBore" Reservoir model is the improved version of the
MultiLayer Reservoir model, It accounts for pressure drop between the layers and offers
a wider range of inflow models for each zone. It can model a well penetrating up to 49
different zones.
The Multilateral Inflow model is the most advanced inflow model in PROSPER. It can
model wells of any shape penetrating any number of layers. Flow can be annular, tubular
or both. Well can have a single or multiple branches. Pressure drop and interaction
between branches are accounted for. The multilateral model can be used to model
"smart" wells with down hole control devices.
Within the IPM suite, the multiphase network simulation tool GAP can also be used to
model multiple zones completions. Using GAP, one can directly take advantage of the
optimiser in GAP and the direct connection to a reservoir model (MBAL, decline curve
System options
Fluid PVT
Select PVT | Input Data and enter the fluid PVT as done below:
Note that at this stage, the PVT of one of the zones (here first zone) was entered to
initialise the model. The fluid properties for each zone will be entered separately later in
the inflow section.
From the main screen, select | System | Equipment (Tubing etc) | All | Edit to enter the
down hole equipment:
Note: the well will be divided into inflow and outflow. The outflow covers the section
above the the shallowest zone whereas the inflow will include both zones with the
pressure drop between them. This entry applies to the outflow. Therefore, it is sufficient
here to describe the well just down to the shallowest reservoir depth when using the
multilateral IPR model.
Downhole Equipment
Geothermal gradient
Select | Done | Done | Summary | Daw Down hole to check the well bore schematic
generated with the data entered:
To access the interface where to describe the multilateral IPR, select | System I Inflow
Performance.
The multilateral IPR interface consists in a Network section where we can draw the
situation of the example using the short cut icons.
Select the first short cut icon starting from left, or click on the drop down menu and
select "Add Tie-point" as shown in the next screen shot.
Click anywhere in the blank screen to add a Tie point and give it the label "TiePoint".
This correspond to a depth of 10000ft.
The tie-point is the point at which the combined Inflow will be computed.
Right clicking on the red square representing the item "TiePoint" allows the user to
change its label or delete it.
The next short cut icon (Going from left to right) is the Add Junction.
Select Add Junction and click somewhere else in the screen to add the junction, label it
"Junction".
Then select the Add Completion next to the "Add Junction" and click in the screen to
add a completion, label it "Upper Completion".
For the second zone, add a second completion and label it "Lower Completion".
Then select Add Reservoir from the drop down menu and click on the screen to add a
Reservoir icon.Label it "Upper Zone"
Then select Add Reservoir again from the drop down menu and click on the screen to
add a Reservoir icon.Label it "Lower Zone"
Now select | Add link and connect the equipment from the tie-point to the reservoirs as
done be low
TiePoint Description
In order to describe the tiepoint, double-click on the item TiePoint and make the
following entries:
One may use the navigator on the right hand side to describe the other components of
the multilateral.
After linking the tie-point to the junction, a tubing "T1" is created. In this example, this will
be a zero dimension tubing. For this, double click on the tubing "T1" and make the
following changes:
Select the tab "Equipment" at the bottom of the screen to describe the down hole
equipment pertaining to this item.
Select | Done and then double-click on the junction to describe it as shown below:
Junction Description
Here the data are passed directly from the previous node. Select | Done and then
Note that it is possible to model annular flow as well. For this, simply select Annular Flow
as flow type.
10000 10000 0
10050 10050 0
Now select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the description of
this item.
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that the "Non-Darcy Entry method" was set to "Calculate". Therefore, the "
Calculate" button needs to be selected for further data entry that would allow the
calculation of the Non-Darcy Flow Factor.
Reservoir Permeability: 15 mD
WellBore Radius: 0.354 ft
Production Interval: 50 ft
Select | Done and proceed with the description of the lower completion.
Select | Input Data in the top right corner of the screen to proceed with the deviation
survey:
Select the "Perforation details" tab at the bottom of the screen to continue the
description of this item.
Note that a different roughness was used for the perforation interval.
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the upper zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Upper Zone" and make the following entries:
Select | Done and continue the model set-up with the description of the lower zone.
For this, double-click on the item "Lower Zone" and make the following entries:
Select | Done and then | Visualise | Front to check the schematic of the down hole
network:
Afterwards, select | Calculate and be patient as this might take a few seconds:
Select | Continue | Continue | Calculate and here are the solution details:
The details of the solution point can be accessed with | Solution Details | Inflow Layer
Details:
Results:
- The well produces 38 Mmscf/d.
- The upper zone produce a little roughly 22 MMscf/d whereas the lower zone produce
16 MMscf/d.
- There is no cross-flow under the current conditions.
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Water Salinity: 100 000 ppm
Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Reservoir temperature: 150 degF
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp
Reservoir Data
Parameter Value
Reservoir IPR model: PI entry
Average Reservoir Pressure: 1800 psig
Reservoir Temperature : 150 degF
Water Cut: 20%
Total Produced GOR: 100 scf/stb
Productivity Index (liquid): 0.5 stb/d/psi
Deviation Survey
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
Geothermal gradient
Parameter Value
Well Flow type: Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Pump measured depth: 4000 ft
Maximum Pump Outer Diameter: 6 inches
Design Liquid Rate: 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 20%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Well Head Pressure ( = Top Node 100 psig
Pressure):
System options
Fluid PVT
Parameter Value
Solution GOR: 100 scf/stb
Oil Gravity: 20 API
Gas gravity (Air =1): 0.7
Water Salinity: 100 000 ppm
Power Fluid: Water
Water Salinity: 10 000 ppm
For the PVT matching, select | Match Data and enter the relevant data as shown below:
Parameter Value
Bubble point pressure at reservoir 820 psig
temperature:
Reservoir temperature: 150 degF
Gas Oil Ratio at bubble point pressure: 100 scf/stb
Oil FVF at bubble point pressure: 1.08 rb/stb
Oil Viscosity at bubble point pressure: 11.1 cp
After reviewing the results of the regression, the combination Lasater / Petrosky will be
used for this crude.
For this, select | Done | Done and then select | Lasater & Petrosky as calibrated black
oil correlations:
For the description of the deviation survey, select | System | Equipment | All | Edit and
enter the deviation survey as shown below:
Deviation Survey
Note: the deepest entry in the down hole equipment represents the datum depth for the
well. This is the depth at which the average reservoir pressure refers to.
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the surface equipment. Once on the
surface equipment screen, select | Cancel to skip this particular screen:
Select | Done to proceed with the description of the down hole equipment
Select | Done to proceed with the geothermal gradient and the overall heat transfer
coefficient ( 8 Btu/h/ft2/F according to the input data provided)
Geothermal gradient
The following data will be entered in the jet pump design section:
Parameter Value
Well Flow type: Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Pump measured depth: 4000 ft
Maximum Pump Outer Diameter: 6 inches
Design Liquid Rate: 500 stb/d
Water Cut: 20%
Total GOR: 100 scf/stb
Well Head Pressure ( = Top Node 100 psig
Pressure):
Surface Injection Rate: 1000 stb/d
Surface Injection Pressure: 1500 psig
Nozzle Loss Coefficient: 0.15
Suction Loss Coefficient: 0
Throat Loss Coefficient: 0
Diffuser Loss Coefficient: 0
Tubing Correlation: Petroleum Experts 2
To access the jet pump design section, from the main menu select: Design | Jet Pump,
and enter the design data:
Select Calculate | Calculate | Done | Design to complete the design calculations and
to enter the jet pump design section where different pumps can be selected from the
artificial lift database to match to the actual design criteria:
A sensitivity on jet pump injection pressure will now be done on well performance using
the System 3-variables calculation:
Select Continue | Calculate to perform the system sensitivity calculation and | Plot | to
graphically view the results:
For the given nozzle and sensitivity parameters, PROSPER will identify if pump cavitation
will be an issue. In the above plot, one can observe that the higher injection pressures
cause pump cavitation issues that are identified by the 'C' character on the pump
discharge pressure curve.
Black oil modeling is a technique that works back from values of density and GOR
measured at known surface conditions to predict properties at other points in the
system and the technique is fast and accurate when applicable. The black oil
The use of Volume Shift as an EOS match parameter will inevitably cause mass
balance errors in the EOS if used for multiple temperature and pressures (like a
pressure gradient calculation) and will adversely impact the results in PROSPER.
File: ~/samples/PROSPER/T44_CONVALID.out
Begin by opening the above PROSPER file and from the main menu select PVT | Input
Data to access the PVT section or double click in the PVT window section of the main
PROSPER interface.
A matched EOS can be passed to PROSPER via the ImportPRP button, from PVTP
for example.
PROSPER will use the EOS data to generate condensate black oil model data.
The temperature corresponds to the reservoir temperature and the pressure values
range from initial reservoir to depleted reservoir conditions.
The saturation pressure shown in the figure above is the dew point pressure for
the fluid which is required for the black oil model.
Select OK | OK | Properties to generate the black oil fluid properties from the EOS
flashed through the separator stages down to standard conditions. At this point we
have all the properties to build a black oil fluid model:
Prior to using the black oil condensate model is it important to see how the PVT using
the EOS model impacts pressure losses in the tubing. A gradient calculation will be
done so solution points can be used from the EOS gradient calculation to review the
applicability of the black oil model pressure loss predictions.
From the main PROSPER menu select Calculation | Gradient Traverse and input the
values as shown below.
No sensitivity variables will be used in the calculation and the Petroleum Experts 4
mechanistic model will be used.
Record a fewcalculated measured depth vs. pressure values from the gradient traverse
calculated tabular data:
Enter them in the gradient traverse plot Test Data section (figure below) found on the
gradient plot main menu bar
The gradient traverse plot will now look like the following:
From the Options menu select the black oil fluid model options then enter the previously
calculated black oil data in the PVT section.
Repeat the gradient calculation and plot the data to see if the EOS test points are still
valid using the gas condensate black oil model:
Zooming in to investigate the off-set gradient point shows that the error is approximately
20 psig (0.5 % difference) indicating that for this case the black-oil condensate model is
valid with the EOS gradient predictions.